Increase version number to 0.3.7

Signed-off-by: Antonio Niño Díaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>

.checkpatch.conf

@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@
 # Show file line, not input line
 --showfile
 
+# Don't expect SPDX tag in the first line of a file
+--ignore SPDX_LICENSE_TAG
+
 # List of ignored rules
 # ---------------------
 
@@ -53,6 +56,9 @@
 # Prefer stdint.h types over kernel types
 --ignore PREFER_KERNEL_TYPES
 
+# Don't ask to replace sscanf by kstrto
+--ignore SSCANF_TO_KSTRTO
+
 # Parentheses can make the code clearer
 --ignore UNNECESSARY_PARENTHESES
 

.gitignore

@@ -4,5 +4,4 @@ rgbfix
 rgbgfx
 *.o
 *.exe
-*.html
 .checkpatch-camelcase.*

.travis-checkpatch.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+echo "Checking code style..."
+
+# Return failure as soon as a command fails to execute
+
+set -e
+
+# Download checkpatch.pl and related files
+
+echo "Getting checkpatch.pl..."
+
+mkdir checkpatchdir
+
+wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/torvalds/linux/master/scripts/checkpatch.pl
+mv checkpatch.pl checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl
+chmod +x checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl
+
+touch checkpatchdir/const_structs.checkpatch
+touch checkpatchdir/spelling.txt
+
+# Run checkpatch.pl on the new commits
+
+echo "Running checkpatch.pl..."
+
+fname=$(mktemp)
+rc=0
+
+git remote set-branches --add origin develop
+git fetch
+
+make CHECKPATCH=checkpatchdir/checkpatch.pl checkpatch > $fname
+
+cat $fname
+
+if grep "ERROR" $fname; then
+    # At least one error found
+    echo "Code style errors have been found!"
+    rc=1
+else
+    echo "No code style errors found, your patches are ready!"
+fi
+
+# Cleanup
+
+rm -rf checkpatchdir
+
+exit $rc

.travis.yml

@@ -2,15 +2,14 @@ language: c
 sudo: required
 install:
   - ./.travis-deps.sh
+  - make
+  - sudo make install
 os:
   - linux
-  - osx
 compiler:
   - clang
   - gcc
 script:
-  - make
-  - sudo make install
-after_success:
-  - pushd test/asm/ && ./test.sh && popd
-  - pushd test/link/ && ./test.sh && popd
+  - ./.travis-checkpatch.sh
+  - cd test
+  - ./run-tests.sh

CONTRIBUTING.rst

@@ -58,6 +58,11 @@ If you are going to work on a specific issue that involves a lot of work, it is
 always a good idea to leave a message, just in case someone else is interested
 but doesn't know that there's someone working on it.
 
+Note that you must contribute all your changes under the MIT License. If you are
+just modifying a file, you don't need to do anything (maybe update the copyright
+years). If you are adding new files, you need to use the correct header with the
+copyright and the reference to the MIT License.
+
 1. Fork this repository.
 
 2. Checkout the ``develop`` branch.
@@ -65,24 +70,29 @@ but doesn't know that there's someone working on it.
 3. Create a new branch to work on. You could still work on ``develop``, but it's
    easier that way.
 
-4. Sign off your commits: ``git commit -s``
+4. Compile your changes with ``make develop`` instead of just ``make``. This
+   target checks for additional warnings. Your patches shouldn't introduce any
+   new warning (but it may be possible to remove some warning checks if it makes
+   the code much easier).
 
-5. Follow the Linux kernel coding style, which can be found in the file
+5. Sign off your commits: ``git commit -s``
+
+6. Follow the Linux kernel coding style, which can be found in the file
    ``Documentation/process/coding-style.rst`` in the Linux kernel repository.
    Note that the coding style isn't writen on stone, if there is a good reason
    to deviate from it, it should be fine.
 
-6. Download the files ``checkpatch.pl``, ``const_structs.checkpatch`` and
+7. Download the files ``checkpatch.pl``, ``const_structs.checkpatch`` and
    ``spelling.txt`` from the folder ``scripts`` in the Linux kernel repository.
 
-7. To use ``checkpatch.pl`` you can use ``make checkpatch``, which will check
+8. To use ``checkpatch.pl`` you can use ``make checkpatch``, which will check
    the coding style of all patches between the current one and the upstream
    code. By default, the Makefile expects the script (and associate files) to be
    located in ``../linux/scripts/``, but you can place them anywhere you like as
    long as you specify it when executing the command:
    ``CHECKPATCH=../path/to/folder make checkpatch``.
 
-8. Create a pull request against the branch ``develop``.
+9. Create a pull request against the branch ``develop``.
 
-9. Be prepared to get some comments about your code and to modify it. Tip: Use
-   ``git rebase -i origin/develop`` to modify chains of commits.
+10. Be prepared to get some comments about your code and to modify it. Tip: Use
+    ``git rebase -i origin/develop`` to modify chains of commits.

CONTRIBUTORS.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Contributors to RGBDS
+=====================
+
+Original author
+---------------
+
+- Carsten Elton Sørensen <csoren@gmail.com>
+
+Main contributors
+-----------------
+
+- Justin Lloyd <jlloyd@imf.la>
+
+- Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
+
+- Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
+
+- stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+
+- Antonio Niño Díaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+
+Other contributors
+------------------
+
+- Ben10do
+
+- Björn Höhrmann <bjoern@hoehrmann.de>
+
+- Christophe Staïesse <chastai@skynet.be>
+
+- The Musl C library <http://www.musl-libc.org>
+
+- obskyr <powpowd@gmail.com>
+
+- The OpenBSD Project <http://www.openbsd.org>
+
+- Sanqui <gsanky@gmail.com>
+
+- YamaArashi <shadow962@live.com>
+
+- yenatch <yenatch@gmail.com>

LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License
+
+Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
+IN THE SOFTWARE.

LICENSE.rst

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-LICENSE
-=======
-
-Original code
--------------
-
-Copyright (C) 1997 Carsten Sorensen <surfsmurf@matilde.demon.co.uk>
-
-The ASMotor package (xAsm, xLink, RGBFix, examples and documentation) is
-freeware and distributed as is. The author retains his copyright and right to
-modify the specifications and operation of the software without notice.
-
-In other words this means I encourage you to...
-
-- use it for whatever purpose even professional work without me charging you a
-  penny
-- copy it to another person (wholly or in part, though I'm sure he'd appreciate
-  the whole package) in whatever form you find suitable
-- mass-distribute the ASMotor package if it is complete (xAsm, xLink, RGBFix and
-  documentation).
-- contact me if you have any problems
-
-This also means you can't...
-
-- blame me for loss of profit, data, sleep, food or other nasty things through
-  the use or distribution of ASMotor. If you choose to use ASMotor you do so at
-  your own risk.
-- expect me to be able to help you should you have a problem related or not to
-  ASMotor.
-
-Otaku no Zoku's modifications
------------------------------
-
-Copyright (C) 1999 Justin Lloyd <jlloyd@imf.la> (?)
-
-::
-
-                         DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE*
-      TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-     0. You can do whatever you want to with the work.
-     1. You cannot stop anybody from doing whatever they want to with the work.
-     2. You cannot revoke anybody elses DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE in the work.
-
-    This program is free software. It comes without any warranty, to
-    the extent permitted by applicable law. You can redistribute it
-    and/or modify it under the terms of the DO WHATEVER PUBLIC LICENSE
-
-    Software originally created by Justin Lloyd @ http://otakunozoku.com/
-
-rgbds-linux
------------
-
-Copyright (C) 2009 Vegard Nossum <vegard.nossum@gmail.com>
-
-Current
--------
-
-rgbasm and rgblink are derived from Justin Lloyd's RGBDS.
-
-rgbfix was rewritten from scratch by Anthony J. Bentley, and is released under
-the ISC license; see the source file for the text of the license.
-
-rgbgfx was written by stag019, and is released under the ISC license.
-
-Some files of rgblink were written by Antonio Niño Díaz, and they are relased
-under the ISC license. The affected files have the appropriate license in the
-header of the file.
-
-The UTF-8 decoder in src/asm/charmap.c was written by Björn Höhrmann and is
-released under the MIT license. The remainder of charmap.c was written by
-stag019, and is released under the ISC license.
-
-extern/err.c is derived from the Musl C library, http://www.musl-libc.org, and
-is released under the MIT license.
-
-extern/reallocarray.c is derived from the OpenBSD Project,
-http://www.openbsd.org, and is released under the ISC license.
-
-extern/strl.c is derived from the OpenBSD Project, http://www.openbsd.org, and
-is released under the BSD license.

Makefile

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+#
+# This file is part of RGBDS.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+#
+
 # User-defined variables
 
 Q		:= @
@@ -18,7 +26,7 @@ PNGLDLIBS	:= `${PKG_CONFIG} --static --libs-only-l libpng`
 
 VERSION_STRING	:= `git describe --tags --dirty --always 2>/dev/null`
 
-WARNFLAGS	:= -Wall -Werror
+WARNFLAGS	:= -Wall
 
 # Overridable CFLAGS
 CFLAGS		:= -g
@@ -49,11 +57,8 @@ rgbasm_obj := \
 	src/asm/rpn.o \
 	src/asm/symbol.o \
 	src/extern/err.o \
-	src/extern/reallocarray.o \
-	src/extern/strlcpy.o \
-	src/extern/strlcat.o \
-	src/extern/version.o
-
+	src/extern/utf8decoder.o \
+	src/version.o
 
 src/asm/asmy.h: src/asm/asmy.c
 src/asm/locallex.o src/asm/globlex.o src/asm/lexer.o: src/asm/asmy.h
@@ -71,7 +76,7 @@ rgblink_obj := \
 	src/link/script.o \
 	src/link/symbol.o \
 	src/extern/err.o \
-	src/extern/version.o
+	src/version.o
 
 src/link/parser.h: src/link/parser.c
 src/link/lexer.o: src/link/parser.h
@@ -79,14 +84,14 @@ src/link/lexer.o: src/link/parser.h
 rgbfix_obj := \
 	src/fix/main.o \
 	src/extern/err.o \
-	src/extern/version.o
+	src/version.o
 
 rgbgfx_obj := \
 	src/gfx/gb.o \
 	src/gfx/main.o \
 	src/gfx/makepng.o \
 	src/extern/err.o \
-	src/extern/version.o
+	src/version.o
 
 rgbasm: ${rgbasm_obj}
 	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} -o $@ ${rgbasm_obj} -lm
@@ -114,17 +119,26 @@ rgbgfx: ${rgbgfx_obj}
 .c.o:
 	$Q${CC} ${REALCFLAGS} ${PNGCFLAGS} -c -o $@ $<
 
-# Target used to remove all files generated by other Makefile targets.
+# Target used to remove all files generated by other Makefile targets, except
+# for the html documentation.
 
 clean:
-	$Q${RM} rgbds.7.html gbz80.7.html rgbds.5.html
-	$Q${RM} rgbasm rgbasm.exe ${rgbasm_obj} rgbasm.1.html rgbasm.5.html
-	$Q${RM} rgblink rgblink.exe ${rgblink_obj} rgblink.1.html rgblink.5.html
-	$Q${RM} rgbfix rgbfix.exe ${rgbfix_obj} rgbfix.1.html
-	$Q${RM} rgbgfx rgbgfx.exe ${rgbgfx_obj} rgbgfx.1.html
+	$Q${RM} rgbasm rgbasm.exe ${rgbasm_obj}
+	$Q${RM} rgblink rgblink.exe ${rgblink_obj}
+	$Q${RM} rgbfix rgbfix.exe ${rgbfix_obj}
+	$Q${RM} rgbgfx rgbgfx.exe ${rgbgfx_obj}
 	$Q${RM} src/asm/asmy.c src/asm/asmy.h
 	$Q${RM} src/link/lexer.c src/link/parser.c src/link/parser.h
 
+# Target used to remove all html files generated by the wwwman target
+
+cleanwwwman:
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgbds.7.html docs/gbz80.7.html docs/rgbds.5.html
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgbasm.1.html docs/rgbasm.5.html
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgblink.1.html docs/rgblink.5.html
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgbfix.1.html
+	$Q${RM} docs/rgbgfx.1.html
+
 # Target used to install the binaries and man pages.
 
 install: all
@@ -146,15 +160,17 @@ install: all
 
 # Target used to check the coding style of the whole codebase. '.y' and '.l'
 # files aren't checked, unfortunately...
+
 checkcodebase:
-	$Qfor file in `git ls-files | grep -E '\.c|\.h'`; do	\
-		${CHECKPATCH} -f "$$file";			\
+	$Qfor file in `git ls-files | grep -E '\.c|\.h' | grep -v '\.html'`; do	\
+		${CHECKPATCH} -f "$$file";					\
 	done
 
 # Target used to check the coding style of the patches from the upstream branch
 # to the HEAD. Runs checkpatch once for each commit between the current HEAD and
 # the first common commit between the HEAD and origin/develop. '.y' and '.l'
 # files aren't checked, unfortunately...
+
 checkpatch:
 	$Qeval COMMON_COMMIT=$$(git merge-base HEAD origin/develop);	\
 	for commit in `git rev-list $$COMMON_COMMIT..HEAD`; do		\
@@ -166,18 +182,37 @@ checkpatch:
 # Target for the project maintainer to easily create web manuals.
 # It relies on mandoc: http://mdocml.bsd.lv
 
-MANDOC	:= -Thtml -Ios=General -Oman=%N.%S.html -Ostyle=manual.css
+MANDOC	:= -Thtml -Ios=General -Oman=%N.%S.html -Ostyle=mandoc.css
 
 wwwman:
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.7 > rgbds.7.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gbz80.7 > gbz80.7.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.5 > rgbds.5.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.1 > rgbasm.1.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.5 > rgbasm.5.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/fix/rgbfix.1 > rgbfix.1.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.1 > rgblink.1.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.5 > rgblink.5.html
-	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 > rgbgfx.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.7 > docs/rgbds.7.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gbz80.7 > docs/gbz80.7.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/rgbds.5 > docs/rgbds.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.1 > docs/rgbasm.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/asm/rgbasm.5 > docs/rgbasm.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/fix/rgbfix.1 > docs/rgbfix.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.1 > docs/rgblink.1.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/link/rgblink.5 > docs/rgblink.5.html
+	$Qmandoc ${MANDOC} src/gfx/rgbgfx.1 > docs/rgbgfx.1.html
+
+# This target is used during development in order to prevent adding new issues
+# to the source code. All warnings are treated as errors in order to block the
+# compilation and make the continous integration infrastructure return failure.
+
+develop:
+	$Qenv make -j WARNFLAGS="-Werror -Wall -Wextra -Wpedantic \
+		-Wno-sign-compare -Wchkp -Wformat=2 -Wformat-overflow=2 \
+		-Wformat-truncation=1 -Wformat-y2k -Wswitch-enum -Wunused \
+		-Wuninitialized -Wunknown-pragmas -Wstrict-overflow=5 \
+		-Wstringop-overflow=4 -Walloc-zero -Wduplicated-cond \
+		-Wfloat-equal -Wshadow -Wcast-qual -Wcast-align -Wlogical-op \
+		-Wnested-externs -Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations -Winline \
+		-Wundef -Wstrict-prototypes -Wold-style-definition \
+		-fsanitize=shift -fsanitize=integer-divide-by-zero \
+		-fsanitize=unreachable -fsanitize=vla-bound \
+		-fsanitize=signed-integer-overflow -fsanitize=bounds \
+		-fsanitize=object-size -fsanitize=bool -fsanitize=enum \
+		-fsanitize=alignment -fsanitize=null"
 
 # Targets for the project maintainer to easily create Windows exes.
 # This is not for Windows users!
@@ -186,7 +221,7 @@ wwwman:
 
 mingw32:
 	$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/i686-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
-		make CC=i686-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison WARNFLAGS= -j
+		make CC=i686-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison -j
 	$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
 	$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
 	$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe
@@ -194,7 +229,7 @@ mingw32:
 
 mingw64:
 	$Qenv PKG_CONFIG_PATH=/usr/x86_64-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib/pkgconfig/ \
-		make CC=x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison WARNFLAGS= -j
+		make CC=x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc YACC=bison -j
 	$Qmv rgbasm rgbasm.exe
 	$Qmv rgblink rgblink.exe
 	$Qmv rgbfix rgbfix.exe

README.rst

@@ -12,12 +12,11 @@ for the Game Boy and Game Boy Color. It consists of:
 This is a fork of the original RGBDS which aims to make the programs more like
 other UNIX tools.
 
-This toolchain is maintained on `GitHub <https://github.com/rednex/rgbds>`__, as
-well as its `documentation <https://github.com/rednex/rednex.github.io>`__.
+This toolchain is maintained on `GitHub <https://github.com/rednex/rgbds>`__.
 
 The documentation of this toolchain can be viewed online
-`here <https://rednex.github.io/>`__, it is generated from the man pages found
-in this repository.
+`here <https://rednex.github.io/rgbds/>`__, it is generated from the man pages
+found in this repository.
 
 1. Installing RGBDS
 -------------------
@@ -171,3 +170,5 @@ This is the complete list of user-defined variables:
   implementation of rgbds.
 
 - 2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.
+
+- 2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.

docs/index.html

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8">
+  <title>General Information</title>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="mandoc.css">
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1>RGBDS — Rednex Game Boy Development System</h1>
+<h2>Table of Contents</h2>
+<ol>
+  <li>General information
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="rgbds.7.html">RGBDS general information</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgbds.5.html">RGBDS object file format</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  <li>Language description
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="rgbasm.5.html">RGBASM language description</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgblink.5.html">RGBLINK linkerscript language description</a></li>
+      <li><a href="gbz80.7.html">GBZ80 CPU instruction set description</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  <li>Command line usage
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="rgbasm.1.html">RGBASM command-line usage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgblink.1.html">RGBLINK command-line usage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgbfix.1.html">RGBFIX command-line usage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="rgbgfx.1.html">RGBGFX command-line usage</a></li>
+    </ul>
+</ol>
+<h2 id="GitHub Repository">GitHub Repository:</h2>
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a></li>
+</ul>
+</body>

docs/mandoc.css

@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* $Id: mandoc.css,v 1.22 2017/07/16 18:45:00 schwarze Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Standard style sheet for mandoc(1) -Thtml and man.cgi(8).
+ */
+
+/* Global defaults. */
+
+html {		max-width: 100ex; }
+body {		font-family: Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; }
+table {		margin-top: 0em;
+		margin-bottom: 0em; }
+td {		vertical-align: top; }
+ul, ol, dl {	margin-top: 0em;
+		margin-bottom: 0em; }
+li, dt {	margin-top: 1em; }
+
+a.selflink {	border-bottom: thin dotted;
+		color: inherit;
+		font: inherit;
+		text-decoration: inherit; }
+* {		clear: both }
+
+/* Search form and search results. */
+
+fieldset {	border: thin solid silver;
+		border-radius: 1em;
+		text-align: center; }
+input[name=expr] {
+		width: 25%; }
+
+table.results {	margin-top: 1em;
+		margin-left: 2em;
+		font-size: smaller; }
+
+/* Header and footer lines. */
+
+table.head {	width: 100%;
+		border-bottom: 1px dotted #808080;
+		margin-bottom: 1em;
+		font-size: smaller; }
+td.head-vol {	text-align: center; }
+td.head-rtitle {
+		text-align: right; }
+span.Nd { }
+
+table.foot {	width: 100%;
+		border-top: 1px dotted #808080;
+		margin-top: 1em;
+		font-size: smaller; }
+td.foot-os {	text-align: right; }
+
+/* Sections and paragraphs. */
+
+div.manual-text {
+		margin-left: 5ex; }
+h1.Sh {		margin-top: 2ex;
+		margin-bottom: 1ex;
+		margin-left: -4ex;
+		font-size: 110%; }
+h2.Ss {		margin-top: 2ex;
+		margin-bottom: 1ex;
+		margin-left: -2ex;
+		font-size: 105%; }
+div.Pp {	margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+a.Sx { }
+a.Xr { }
+
+/* Displays and lists. */
+
+div.Bd { }
+div.D1 {	margin-left: 5ex; }
+
+ul.Bl-bullet {	list-style-type: disc;
+		padding-left: 1em; }
+li.It-bullet { }
+ul.Bl-dash {	list-style-type: none;
+		padding-left: 0em; }
+li.It-dash:before {
+		content: "\2014  "; }
+ul.Bl-item {	list-style-type: none;
+		padding-left: 0em; }
+li.It-item { }
+ul.Bl-compact > li {
+		margin-top: 0ex; }
+
+ol.Bl-enum {	padding-left: 2em; }
+li.It-enum { }
+ol.Bl-compact > li {
+		margin-top: 0ex; }
+
+dl.Bl-diag { }
+dt.It-diag { }
+dd.It-diag {	margin-left: 0ex; }
+b.It-diag {	font-style: normal; }
+dl.Bl-hang { }
+dt.It-hang { }
+dd.It-hang {	margin-left: 10.2ex; }
+dl.Bl-inset { }
+dt.It-inset { }
+dd.It-inset {	margin-left: 0ex; }
+dl.Bl-ohang { }
+dt.It-ohang { }
+dd.It-ohang {	margin-left: 0ex; }
+dl.Bl-tag {	margin-left: 10.2ex; }
+dt.It-tag {	float: left;
+		margin-top: 0ex;
+		margin-left: -10.2ex;
+		padding-right: 2ex;
+		vertical-align: top; }
+dd.It-tag {	clear: right;
+		width: 100%;
+		margin-top: 0ex;
+		margin-left: 0ex;
+		vertical-align: top;
+		overflow: auto; }
+dl.Bl-compact > dt {
+		margin-top: 0ex; }
+
+table.Bl-column { }
+tr.It-column { }
+td.It-column {	margin-top: 1em; }
+table.Bl-compact > tbody > tr > td {
+		margin-top: 0ex; }
+
+cite.Rs {	font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+span.RsA { }
+i.RsB {		font-weight: normal; }
+span.RsC { }
+span.RsD { }
+i.RsI {		font-weight: normal; }
+i.RsJ {		font-weight: normal; }
+span.RsN { }
+span.RsO { }
+span.RsP { }
+span.RsQ { }
+span.RsR { }
+span.RsT {	text-decoration: underline; }
+a.RsU { }
+span.RsV { }
+
+span.eqn { }
+table.tbl { }
+
+/* Semantic markup for command line utilities. */
+
+table.Nm { }
+b.Nm {		font-style: normal; }
+b.Fl {		font-style: normal; }
+b.Cm {		font-style: normal; }
+var.Ar {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+span.Op { }
+b.Ic {		font-style: normal; }
+code.Ev {	font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal;
+		font-family: monospace; }
+i.Pa {		font-weight: normal; }
+
+/* Semantic markup for function libraries. */
+
+span.Lb { }
+b.In {		font-style: normal; }
+a.In { }
+b.Fd {		font-style: normal; }
+var.Ft {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+b.Fn {		font-style: normal; }
+var.Fa {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+var.Vt {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+var.Va {	font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+code.Dv {	font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal;
+		font-family: monospace; }
+code.Er {	font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal;
+		font-family: monospace; }
+
+/* Various semantic markup. */
+
+span.An { }
+a.Lk { }
+a.Mt { }
+b.Cd {		font-style: normal; }
+i.Ad {		font-weight: normal; }
+b.Ms {		font-style: normal; }
+span.St { }
+a.Ux { }
+
+/* Physical markup. */
+
+.No {		font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+.Em {		font-style: italic;
+		font-weight: normal; }
+.Sy {		font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: bold; }
+.Li {		font-style: normal;
+		font-weight: normal;
+		font-family: monospace; }

docs/rgbasm.1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBASM(1)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBASM(1)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">General Commands Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBASM(1)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Game
+  Boy assembler</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="selflink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
+<table class="Nm">
+  <tr>
+    <td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b></td>
+    <td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-EhLVvw</b></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-b</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-D</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">name</var>[<span class="Op">=<var class="Ar" title="Ar">value</var></span>]</span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-g</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-i</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">path</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-M</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">dependfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-o</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></span>]
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">file</var></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> program creates an object file from an
+  assembly source file. Its arguments are as follows:
+<dl class="Bl-tag">
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#b"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="b">-b</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Change the two characters used for binary constants. The
+      defaults are 01.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#D"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="D">-D</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">name</var>[<span class="Op">=<var class="Ar" title="Ar">value</var></span>]</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Add string symbol to the compiled source code. This is
+      equivalent to <var class="Ar" title="Ar">name</var>
+      <b class="Cm" title="Cm">EQUS</b>
+      &#x201C;<var class="Ar" title="Ar">value</var>&#x201D; in code. If a value
+      is not specified, a value of 1 is given.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#E"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="E">-E</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Export all labels, including unreferenced and local
+    labels.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#g"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="g">-g</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">chars</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Change the four characters used for binary constants. The
+      defaults are 0123.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="h">-h</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">By default, <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> inserts a
+      &#x2018;nop&#x2019; instruction immediately after any &#x2018;halt&#x2019;
+      instruction. The <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-h</b> option disables this
+      behavior.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#i"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="i">-i</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">path</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Add an include path.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#L"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="L">-L</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Disable the optimization that turns loads of the form
+      <b class="Sy" title="Sy">LD [$FF00+n8],A</b> into the opcode
+      <b class="Sy" title="Sy">LDH [$FF00+n8],A</b> in order to have full
+      control of the result in the final ROM.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#M"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="M">-M</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">dependfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print <a class="Xr" title="Xr">make(1)</a> dependencies to
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">dependfile</var>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#o"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="o">-o</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Write an object file to the given filename.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">When padding an image, pad with this value. The default is
+      0x00.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#V"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="V">-V</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print the version of the program and exit.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#v"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="v">-v</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Be verbose.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#w"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="w">-w</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Disable warning output.</dd>
+</dl>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+Assembling a basic source file is simple:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
+<pre class="Li">
+$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
+</pre>
+</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image &#x2014; it must first
+  be run through <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a> and
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>.
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(5)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(5)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">gbz80(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbasm</b> was originally written by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as part of the ASMotor package, and was later packaged in
+  RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">February 24, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgbds.5.html

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBDS(5)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBDS(5)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">File Formats Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBDS(5)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbds</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">object
+  file format documentation</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+This is the description of the object files used by
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a> and
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>. Please, note that the specifications
+  may change. This toolchain is in development and new features may require
+  adding more information to the current format, or modifying some fields, which
+  would break compatibility with older versions.
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="FILE_STRUCTURE"><a class="selflink" href="#FILE_STRUCTURE">FILE
+  STRUCTURE</a></h1>
+The following types are used:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<var class="Ar" title="Ar">LONG</var> is a 32&#x2010;bit integer stored in
+  little&#x2010;endian format (Intel). <var class="Ar" title="Ar">BYTE</var> is
+  an 8&#x2010;bit integer. <var class="Ar" title="Ar">STRING</var> is a
+  0&#x2010;terminated string of <var class="Ar" title="Ar">BYTE</var>.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 0.00ex;">
+<pre class="Li">
+; Header 
+ 
+BYTE    ID[4]            ; &quot;RGB6&quot; 
+LONG    NumberOfSymbols  ; The number of symbols used in this file 
+LONG    NumberOfSections ; The number of sections used in this file 
+ 
+; Symbols 
+ 
+REPT    NumberOfSymbols   ; Number of symbols defined in this object file. 
+ 
+    STRING  Name          ; The name of this symbol. Local symbols are stored 
+                          ; as &quot;Scope.Symbol&quot;. 
+ 
+    BYTE    Type          ; 0 = LOCAL symbol only used in this file. 
+                          ; 1 = IMPORT this symbol from elsewhere (unused). 
+                          ; 2 = EXPORT this symbol to other objects. 
+ 
+    IF      Type != 1     ; If symbol is defined in this object file. 
+ 
+        STRING  FileName  ; File where the symbol is defined. 
+ 
+        LONG    LineNum   ; Line number in the file where the symbol is defined. 
+ 
+        LONG    SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which 
+                          ; this symbol is defined. If it doesn't belong to any 
+                          ; specific section (like a constant), this field has 
+                          ; the value -1. 
+ 
+        LONG    Value     ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that 
+                          ; symbol's section. 
+ 
+    ENDC 
+ 
+ENDR 
+ 
+; Sections 
+ 
+REPT NumberOfSections 
+    STRING  Name  ; Name of the section 
+ 
+    LONG    Size  ; Size in bytes of this section 
+ 
+    BYTE    Type  ; 0 = WRAM0 
+                  ; 1 = VRAM 
+                  ; 2 = ROMX 
+                  ; 3 = ROM0 
+                  ; 4 = HRAM 
+                  ; 5 = WRAMX 
+                  ; 6 = SRAM 
+                  ; 7 = OAM 
+ 
+    LONG    Org   ; Address to fix this section at. -1 if the linker should 
+                  ; decide (floating address). 
+ 
+    LONG    Bank  ; Bank to load this section into. -1 if the linker should 
+                  ; decide (floating bank). This field is only valid for ROMX, 
+                  ; VRAM, WRAMX and SRAM sections. 
+ 
+    LONG    Align ; Alignment of this section (expressed as number of low bits 
+                  ; to leave as 0). -1 if not defined. 
+ 
+    IF      (Type == ROMX) || (Type == ROM0) ; Sections that can contain data. 
+ 
+        BYTE    Data[Size]      ; Raw data of the section. 
+ 
+        LONG    NumberOfPatches ; Number of patches to apply. 
+ 
+        ; These types of sections may have patches 
+ 
+        REPT    NumberOfPatches 
+ 
+            STRING  SourceFile   ; Name of the source file (for printing error 
+                                 ; messages). 
+ 
+            LONG    Line         ; The line of the source file. 
+ 
+            LONG    Offset       ; Offset into the section where patch should 
+                                 ; be applied (in bytes). 
+ 
+            BYTE    Type         ; 0 = BYTE patch. 
+                                 ; 1 = little endian WORD patch. 
+                                 ; 2 = little endian LONG patch. 
+                                 ; 3 = JR offset value BYTE patch. 
+ 
+            LONG    RPNSize      ; Size of the buffer with the RPN. 
+                                 ; expression. 
+ 
+            BYTE    RPN[RPNSize] ; RPN expression. Definition below. 
+ 
+        ENDR 
+ 
+    ENDC 
+ 
+ENDR
+</pre>
+</div>
+<h2 class="Ss" title="Ss" id="RPN_DATA"><a class="selflink" href="#RPN_DATA">RPN
+  DATA</a></h2>
+Expressions in the object file are stored as RPN. This is an expression of the
+  form &#x201C;2 5 +&#x201D;. This will first push the value &#x201C;2&#x201D;
+  to the stack. Then &#x201C;5&#x201D;. The &#x201C;+&#x201D; operator pops two
+  arguments from the stack, adds them, and then pushes the result on the stack,
+  effectively replacing the two top arguments with their sum. In the RGB format,
+  RPN expressions are stored as BYTEs with some bytes being special prefixes for
+  integers and symbols.
+<table class="Bl-column" style="margin-left: 6.00ex;">
+  <colgroup>
+    <col style="width: 15.00ex;"/>
+    <col style="min-width: 10.00ex;"/>
+  </colgroup>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><b class="Sy" title="Sy">Value</b></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><b class="Sy" title="Sy">Meaning</b></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$00"><code class="Li" id="$00">$00</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#+_operator"><code class="Li" id="+_operator">+
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$01"><code class="Li" id="$01">$01</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#-_operator"><code class="Li" id="-_operator">-
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$02"><code class="Li" id="$02">$02</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#*_operator"><code class="Li" id="*_operator">*
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$03"><code class="Li" id="$03">$03</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#/_operator"><code class="Li" id="/_operator">/
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$04"><code class="Li" id="$04">$04</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#%_operator"><code class="Li" id="%_operator">%
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$05"><code class="Li" id="$05">$05</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#unary_-"><code class="Li" id="unary_-">unary
+      -</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$10"><code class="Li" id="$10">$10</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column">|
+      <a class="selflink" href="#operator"><code class="Li" id="operator">operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$11"><code class="Li" id="$11">$11</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&amp;_operator"><code class="Li" id="&amp;_operator">&amp;
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$12"><code class="Li" id="$12">$12</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#^_operator"><code class="Li" id="^_operator">^
+      operator</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$13"><code class="Li" id="$13">$13</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#unary_~"><code class="Li" id="unary_~">unary
+      ~</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$21"><code class="Li" id="$21">$21</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&amp;&amp;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&amp;&amp;_comparison">&amp;&amp;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$22"><code class="Li" id="$22">$22</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#||_comparison"><code class="Li" id="||_comparison">||
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$23"><code class="Li" id="$23">$23</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#unary"><code class="Li" id="unary">unary</code></a>!</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$30"><code class="Li" id="$30">$30</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#==_comparison"><code class="Li" id="==_comparison">==
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$31"><code class="Li" id="$31">$31</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#!=_comparison"><code class="Li" id="!=_comparison">!=
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$32"><code class="Li" id="$32">$32</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&gt;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&gt;_comparison">&gt;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$33"><code class="Li" id="$33">$33</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&lt;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&lt;_comparison">&lt;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$34"><code class="Li" id="$34">$34</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&gt;=_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&gt;=_comparison">&gt;=
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$35"><code class="Li" id="$35">$35</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&lt;=_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&lt;=_comparison">&lt;=
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$40"><code class="Li" id="$40">$40</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&lt;&lt;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&lt;&lt;_comparison">&lt;&lt;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$41"><code class="Li" id="$41">$41</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#&gt;&gt;_comparison"><code class="Li" id="&gt;&gt;_comparison">&gt;&gt;
+      comparison</code></a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$50"><code class="Li" id="$50">$50</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#BANK(symbol),"><code class="Li" id="BANK(symbol),">BANK(symbol),</code></a>
+      a <var class="Ar" title="Ar">LONG</var> Symbol ID follows.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$51"><code class="Li" id="$51">$51</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#BANK(section_name),"><code class="Li" id="BANK(section_name),">BANK(section_name),</code></a>
+      a null-terminated string follows.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$52"><code class="Li" id="$52">$52</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#Current_BANK()"><code class="Li" id="Current_BANK()">Current
+      BANK()</code></a>.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$60"><code class="Li" id="$60">$60</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#HRAMCheck."><code class="Li" id="HRAMCheck.">HRAMCheck.</code></a>
+      Check if the value is in HRAM, AND it with 0xFF.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$80"><code class="Li" id="$80">$80</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><var class="Ar" title="Ar">LONG</var> integer
+      follows.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr class="It-column">
+    <td class="It-column"><a class="selflink" href="#$81"><code class="Li" id="$81">$81</code></a></td>
+    <td class="It-column"><var class="Ar" title="Ar">LONG</var> Symbol ID
+      follows.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">gbz80(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbds</b> was originally written by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as part of the ASMotor package, and was later packaged in
+  RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgbds.7.html

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBDS(7)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBDS(7)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">Miscellaneous Information Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBDS(7)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbds</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Rednex
+  Game Boy Development System</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
+<pre class="Li">
+$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm 
+$ rgblink -o baz.gb bar.o 
+$ rgbfix -v -p 0 baz.gb
+</pre>
+</div>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(5)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">gbz80(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<dl class="Bl-ohang">
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">1997, Carsten S&#x00F8;rensen (AKA SurfSmurf) writes
+      ASMotor as a general-purpose assembler/linker system for DOS/Win32.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">1999, Justin Lloyd (AKA Otaku no Zoku) adapts ASMotor to
+      read and produce GBZ80 assembly/machine code, and releases this version as
+      RGBDS.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">2009, Vegard Nossum adapts the code to be more UNIX-like
+      and releases this version as rgbds-linux on GitHub.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">2010, Anthony J. Bentley forks that repository. The fork
+      becomes the reference implementation of rgbds.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name. It
+      is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+      <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-ohang"></dt>
+  <dd class="It-ohang">2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.</dd>
+</dl>
+</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">March 7, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgbfix.1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBFIX(1)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBFIX(1)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">General Commands Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBFIX(1)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Game
+  Boy checksum fixer</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="selflink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
+<table class="Nm">
+  <tr>
+    <td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b></td>
+    <td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-CcjsVv</b></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-i</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">game_id</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-k</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">licensee_str</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-l</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">licensee_id</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-m</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mbc_type</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-n</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">rom_version</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-r</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">ram_size</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-t</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">title_str</var></span>]
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">file</var></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> program changes headers of Game Boy ROM
+  images. It also performs other filetype operations, such as truncation. The
+  arguments are as follows:
+<dl class="Bl-tag">
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#C"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="C">-C</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the Game Boy Color&#x2013;only flag:
+      <i class="Ad">0x143</i> = 0xC0. If both this and the
+      <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-c</b> flag are set, this takes precedence.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#c"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="c">-c</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the Game Boy Color&#x2013;compatible flag:
+      <i class="Ad">0x143</i> = 0x80. If both this and the
+      <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-C</b> flag are set,
+      <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-C</b> takes precedence.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#f"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="f">-f</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Fix certain header values that the Game Boy checks for
+      correctness. Alternatively, intentionally trash these values by writing
+      their binary inverse instead. <var class="Ar" title="Ar">fix_spec</var> is
+      a string containing any combination of the following characters:
+    <div class="Pp"></div>
+    <dl class="Bl-tag Bl-compact" style="margin-left: 5.40ex;">
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#l"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="l">l</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Fix the Nintendo logo
+          (<i class="Ad">0x104</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x133</i>).</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#L"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="L">L</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Trash the Nintendo logo.</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="h">h</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Fix the header checksum (<i class="Ad">0x14D</i>).</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#H"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="H">H</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Trash the header checksum.</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#g"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="g">g</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Fix the global checksum
+          (<i class="Ad">0x14E</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x14F</i>).</dd>
+      <dt class="It-tag" style="margin-left: -5.40ex;"><a class="selflink" href="#G"><b class="Cm" title="Cm" id="G">G</b></a></dt>
+      <dd class="It-tag">Trash the global checksum.</dd>
+    </dl>
+  </dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#i"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="i">-i</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">game_id</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the game ID string
+      (<i class="Ad">0x13F</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x142</i>) to a given string
+      of exactly 4 characters. If both this and the title are set, the game ID
+      will overwrite the overlapping portion of the title.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#j"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="j">-j</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the non-Japanese region flag: <i class="Ad">0x14A</i> =
+      1.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#k"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="k">-k</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">licensee_str</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the new licensee string
+      (<i class="Ad">0x144</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x145</i>) to a given
+      string, truncated to at most two characters.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#l"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="l">-l</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">licensee_id</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the old licensee code, <i class="Ad">0x14B</i>, to a
+      given value from 0 to 0xFF. This value is deprecated and should be set to
+      0x33 in all new software.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#m"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="m">-m</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mbc_type</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the MBC type, <i class="Ad">0x147</i>, to a given value
+      from 0 to 0xFF.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#n"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="n">-n</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">rom_version</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the ROM version, <i class="Ad">0x14C</i>, to a given
+      value from 0 to 0xFF.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Pad the image to a valid size with a given pad value from 0
+      to 0xFF. <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> will automatically pick a
+      size from 32KiB, 64KiB, 128KiB, ..., 8192KiB and give a warning
+      thereafter. The cartridge size byte (<i class="Ad">0x148</i>) will be
+      changed to reflect this new size.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#r"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="r">-r</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">ram_size</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the RAM size, <i class="Ad">0x149</i>, to a given value
+      from 0 to 0xFF.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#s"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="s">-s</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the SGB flag: <i class="Ad">0x146</i> = 3.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#t"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="t">-t</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">title</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Set the title string
+      (<i class="Ad">0x134</i>&#x2013;<i class="Ad">0x143</i>) to a given
+      string, truncated to at most 16 characters. It is recommended to use 15
+      characters instead, to avoid clashing with the CGB flag
+      (<b class="Fl" title="Fl">-c</b> or <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-C</b>). If
+      both this and the game ID are set, the game ID will overwrite the
+      overlapping portion of the title.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#V"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="V">-V</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print the version of the program and exit.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#v"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="v">-v</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Equivalent to <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>
+      <b class="Cm" title="Cm">lhg</b>.</dd>
+</dl>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+Most values in the ROM header are only cosmetic. The bare minimum requirements
+  for a workable image are checksums, the Nintendo logo, and (if needed) the
+  CGB/SGB flags. It is a good idea to pad the image to a valid size as well
+  (&#x201C;valid&#x201D; meaning a multiple of 32KiB).
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following will make a plain, no-color Game Boy game without checking for a
+  valid size:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -v foo.gb</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following will make a SGB-enabled, color-enabled game with a title of
+  &#x201C;foobar&#x201D;, and pad it to a multiple of 32KiB. (The Game Boy
+  itself does not use the title, but some emulators or ROM managers might.)
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -vcs -l 0x33 -p 0 -t foobar baz.gb</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following will duplicate the header (sans global checksum) of the game
+  &#x201C;Survival Kids&#x201D;:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -cjsv -k A4 -l 0x33 -m 0x1B -p 0xFF -r 3 -t
+  SURVIVALKIDAVKE SurvivalKids.gbc</div>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbfix</b> was originally released by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as a standalone program called gbfix, and was later packaged
+  in RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">March 11, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgbgfx.1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBGFX(1)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBGFX(1)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">General Commands Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBGFX(1)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Game
+  Boy graphics converter</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="selflink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
+<table class="Nm">
+  <tr>
+    <td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b></td>
+    <td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-DfFhPTVv</b></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-o</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-d</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">depth</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">palfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-t</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mapfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-x</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">tiles</var></span>]
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">file</var></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> program converts PNG images into the
+  Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format.
+<div style="height: 1.00em;">&#x00A0;</div>
+The resulting colors and their palette indices are determined differently
+  depending on the input PNG file:
+<ul class="Bl-dash">
+  <li class="It-dash">If the file has an embedded palette, that palette's color
+      and order are used.</li>
+  <li class="It-dash">If not, and the image only contains shades of gray, rgbgfx
+      maps them to the indices appropriate for each shade. Any undetermined
+      indices are set to respective default shades of gray. For example: if the
+      bit depth is 2 and the image contains light gray and black, they become
+      the second and fourth colors - and the first and third colors get set to
+      default white and dark gray. If the image has multiple shades that map to
+      the same index, the palette is instead determined as if the image had
+      color.</li>
+  <li class="It-dash">If the image has color (or the grayscale method failed),
+      the colors are sorted from lightest to darkest.</li>
+</ul>
+<div style="height: 1.00em;">&#x00A0;</div>
+The input image may not contain more colors than the selected bit depth allows.
+  Transparent pixels are set to palette index 0.
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="ARGUMENTS"><a class="selflink" href="#ARGUMENTS">ARGUMENTS</a></h1>
+<dl class="Bl-tag">
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#D"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="D">-D</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Debug features are enabled.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#f"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="f">-f</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Fix the input PNG file to be a correctly indexed
+    image.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#F"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="F">-F</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-f</b>, but additionally,
+      the supplied command line parameters are saved within the PNG and will be
+      loaded and automatically used next time.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#d"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="d">-d</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">depth</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">The bit depth of the output image (either 1 or 2). By
+      default, the bit depth is 2 (two bits per pixel).</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#h"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="h">-h</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Lay out tiles horizontally rather than vertically.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#o"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="o">-o</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">The name of the output file.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">palfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Output the image's palette in standard GBC palette format -
+      bytes (8 bytes for two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel)
+      containing the RGB15 values in little-endian byte order. If the palette
+      contains too few colors, the remaining entries are set to black.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#P"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="P">-P</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>, but the palette
+      file output name is made by taking the input PNG file's filename, removing
+      the file extension, and appending <i class="Pa" title="Pa">.pal</i>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#t"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="t">-t</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mapfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">If any tiles are the same, don't place the repeat tiles in
+      the output file, and make a tilemap file.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#T"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="T">-T</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Same as <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-t</b>, but the tilemap
+      file output name is made by taking the input filename, removing the file
+      extension, and appending <i class="Pa" title="Pa">.tilemap</i>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#u"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="u">-u</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Truncate repeated tiles. Useful with tilemaps.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#V"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="V">-V</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print the version of the program and exit.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#v"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="v">-v</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Verbose. Print errors when the command line parameters and
+      the parameters in the PNG file don't match.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#x"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="x">-x</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">tiles</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.</dd>
+</dl>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+The following will take a PNG file with a bit depth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
+  planar 2bpp data:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following creates a planar 2bpp file with only unique tiles, and its tilemap
+  <i class="Pa" title="Pa">out.tilemap</i>:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbgfx -T -u -o out.2bpp in.png</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The following will do nothing:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbgfx in.png</div>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">gbz80(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgbgfx</b> was created by
+  <span class="An" title="An">stag019</span> to be included in RGBDS. It is now
+  maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgblink.1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBLINK(1)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBLINK(1)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">General Commands Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBLINK(1)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> &#x2014; <span class="Nd" title="Nd">Game
+  Boy linker</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SYNOPSIS"><a class="selflink" href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a></h1>
+<table class="Nm">
+  <tr>
+    <td><b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b></td>
+    <td>[<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-dtVw</b></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-m</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mapfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-n</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">symfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-O</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">overlayfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-o</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-p</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-s</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">symbol</var></span>]
+      [<span class="Op"><b class="Fl" title="Fl">-l</b>
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">linkerscript</var></span>]
+      <var class="Ar" title="Ar">file ...</var></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The <b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> program links objects created by
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a> into a single Game Boy ROM file.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+By default, ROM0 sections created by the assembler are placed in the 16KiB bank
+  0, and ROMX sections are placed in any bank except bank 0. If your ROM will
+  only be 32KiB, you can use the <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-t</b> option to
+  override this.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Similarly, WRAM0 sections are placed in the first 4KiB of WRAM bank 0 and WRAMX
+  sections are placed in any bank except bank 0. If your ROM doesn't use banked
+  WRAM you can use option <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-w</b> option to override
+  this.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Also, if your ROM is designed for DMG, you can make sure that you don't use any
+  prohibited section by using the option <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-d</b>, which
+  implies <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-w</b> but also prohibits the use of VRAM
+  bank 1.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The arguments are as follows:
+<dl class="Bl-tag">
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#m"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="m">-m</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">mapfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Write a mapfile to the given filename.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#n"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="n">-n</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">symfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Write a symbol file to the given filename.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#O"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="O">-O</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">overlayfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">The ROM image to overlay sections over. When an overlay ROM
+      is provided, all sections must be fixed. This may be used to patch an
+      existing binary.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#o"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="o">-o</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">outfile</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Write ROM image to the given filename.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#p"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="p">-p</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">pad_value</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">When padding an image, pad with this value. The default is
+      0x00.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#s"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="s">-s</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">symbol</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">???</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#w"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="w">-w</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Expand the WRAM0 section size from 4KiB to the full 8KiB
+      assigned to WRAM and prohibit the use of WRAMX sections.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#d"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="d">-d</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Enable DMG mode. Prohibit the use of sections that doesn't
+      exist on a DMG, such as WRAMX and VRAM bank 1. This option automatically
+      enables <b class="Fl" title="Fl">-w</b>.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#t"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="t">-t</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Expand the ROM0 section size from 16KiB to the full 32KiB
+      assigned to ROM and prohibit the use of ROMX sections. Useful for ROMs
+      that fit in 32 KiB.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#l"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="l">-l</b></a>
+    <var class="Ar" title="Ar">linkerscript</var></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Specify a linkerscript file that tells the linker how
+      sections must be placed in the ROM. This file has priority over the
+      attributes assigned in the source code, but they have to be consistent.
+      See <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(5)</a> for more information about its
+      format.</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">&#x00A0;</dd>
+  <dt class="It-tag"><a class="selflink" href="#V"><b class="Fl" title="Fl" id="V">-V</b></a></dt>
+  <dd class="It-tag">Print the version of the program and exit.</dd>
+</dl>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="EXAMPLES"><a class="selflink" href="#EXAMPLES">EXAMPLES</a></h1>
+All you need for a basic ROM is an object file, which can be made into a ROM
+  image like so:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgblink -o bar.gb foo.o</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The resulting bar.gb will not have correct checksums (unless you put them in the
+  assembly source). You should use <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a> to fix
+  these so that the program will actually run in a Game Boy:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="D1">$ rgbfix -v bar.gb</div>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(5)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(5)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> was originally written by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as part of the ASMotor package, and was later packaged in
+  RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">January 26, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

docs/rgblink.5.html

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html>
+<head>
+  <meta charset="utf-8"/>
+  <style>
+    table.head, table.foot { width: 100%; }
+    td.head-rtitle, td.foot-os { text-align: right; }
+    td.head-vol { text-align: center; }
+    div.Pp { margin: 1ex 0ex; }
+  </style>
+  <link rel="stylesheet" href="mandoc.css" type="text/css" media="all"/>
+  <title>RGBLINK(5)</title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<table class="head">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="head-ltitle">RGBLINK(5)</td>
+    <td class="head-vol">File Formats Manual</td>
+    <td class="head-rtitle">RGBLINK(5)</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+<div class="manual-text">
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="NAME"><a class="selflink" href="#NAME">NAME</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> &#x2014;
+  <span class="Nd" title="Nd">linkerscript file format</span>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="DESCRIPTION"><a class="selflink" href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a></h1>
+The linkerscript is an external file that allows the user to specify the order
+  of sections without the need for doing so before assembling each object file.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The placement of sections specified in the linkerscript is done before the
+  sections whose placement is defined in the source code.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+A linkerscript consists on a series of banks followed by a list of sections and,
+  optionally, commands. They can be lowercase or uppercase, it is ignored. Any
+  line can contain a comment starting with
+  &#x2018;<code class="Li">;</code>&#x2019; that ends at the end of the line:
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+<div class="Bd" style="margin-left: 5.00ex;">
+<pre class="Li">
+ROMX $F ; This is a comment 
+  &quot;Functions to read array&quot; 
+  ALIGN 8 
+  &quot;Array aligned to 256 bytes&quot; 
+ 
+WRAMX 2 
+  &quot;Some variables&quot;
+</pre>
+</div>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Numbers can be in decimal or hexadecimal format (the prefix is
+  &#x2018;<code class="Li">$</code>&#x2019;). It is an error if any section name
+  or command are found before setting a bank.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Files can be included by using the <var class="Ar" title="Ar">INCLUDE</var>
+  keyword followed by a string with the path of the file that has to be
+  included.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The possible bank types are: <b class="Sy" title="Sy">ROM0</b>,
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">ROMX</b>, <b class="Sy" title="Sy">VRAM</b>,
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">WRAM0</b>, <b class="Sy" title="Sy">WRAMX</b>,
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">OAM</b> and <b class="Sy" title="Sy">HRAM</b>. Types
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">ROMX</b>, <b class="Sy" title="Sy">VRAM</b>,
+  <b class="Sy" title="Sy">WRAMX</b> and <b class="Sy" title="Sy">SRAM</b> are
+  banked, which means that it is needed to specify a bank after the type.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+When a new bank statement is found, sections found after it will be placed right
+  from the beginning of that bank. If the linkerscript switches to a different
+  bank and then it comes back to the previous one it will continue from the last
+  address that was used.
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+The only two commands are <var class="Ar" title="Ar">ORG</var> and
+  <var class="Ar" title="Ar">ALIGN</var>:
+<ul class="Bl-bullet">
+  <li class="It-bullet"><var class="Ar" title="Ar">ORG</var> sets the address in
+      which new sections will be placed. It can not be lower than the current
+      address.</li>
+  <li class="It-bullet"><var class="Ar" title="Ar">ALIGN</var> will increase the
+      address until it is aligned to the specified boundary (it tries to set to
+      0 the number of bits specified after the command:
+      <b class="Sy" title="Sy">ALIGN 8</b> will align to $100).</li>
+</ul>
+<div class="Pp"></div>
+Note: The bank, alignment, address and type of sections can be specified both in
+  the source code and in the linkerscript. For a section to be able to be placed
+  with the linkerscript the bank must be left unassigned in the source code or
+  be the same as the one specified in the linkerscript. The address and
+  alignment musn't be set.
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="SEE_ALSO"><a class="selflink" href="#SEE_ALSO">SEE
+  ALSO</a></h1>
+<a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbasm(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgblink(1)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbfix(1)</a>, <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(5)</a>,
+  <a class="Xr" title="Xr">rgbds(7)</a>
+<h1 class="Sh" title="Sh" id="HISTORY"><a class="selflink" href="#HISTORY">HISTORY</a></h1>
+<b class="Nm" title="Nm">rgblink</b> was originally written by Carsten
+  S&#x00F8;rensen as part of the ASMotor package, and was later packaged in
+  RGBDS by Justin Lloyd. It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
+  <a class="Lk" title="Lk" href="https://github.com/rednex/rgbds">https://github.com/rednex/rgbds</a>.</div>
+<table class="foot">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="foot-date">January 27, 2018</td>
+    <td class="foot-os">RGBDS Manual</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+</body>
+</html>

include/asm/asm.h

@@ -1,9 +1,13 @@
 /*
- * asm.h
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+/*
  * Contains some assembler-wide defines and externs
- *
- * Copyright 1997 Carsten Sorensen
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_ASM_H

include/asm/charmap.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_CHARMAP_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_CHARMAP_H
 

include/asm/fstack.h

@@ -1,9 +1,13 @@
-/*  fstack.h
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- *  Contains some assembler-wide defines and externs
- *
- *  Copyright 1997 Carsten Sorensen
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
  *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Contains some assembler-wide defines and externs
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_FSTACK_H

include/asm/lexer.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_LEXER_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_LEXER_H
 

include/asm/localasm.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_LOCALASM_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_LOCALASM_H
 

include/asm/main.h

@@ -1,18 +1,27 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_MAIN_H
 #define RGBDS_MAIN_H
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 
-#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
 
 struct sOptions {
-	char gbgfx[4];
 	char binary[2];
-	int32_t fillchar;
-	bool verbose;
-	bool haltnop;
+	char gbgfx[4];
 	bool exportall;
+	int32_t fillchar;
+	bool haltnop;
+	bool optimizeloads;
+	bool verbose;
 	bool warnings; /* True to enable warnings, false to disable them. */
 };
 
@@ -37,7 +46,7 @@ void opt_Parse(char *s);
  * It is also used when the assembler goes into an invalid state (for example,
  * when it fails to allocate memory).
  */
-noreturn void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+noreturn_ void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
 
 /*
  * Used for errors that make it impossible to assemble correctly, but don't

include/asm/mymath.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_MATH_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_MATH_H
 

include/asm/output.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_OUTPUT_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_OUTPUT_H
 

include/asm/rpn.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_ASM_RPN_H
 #define RGBDS_ASM_RPN_H
 

include/asm/symbol.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_SYMBOL_H
 #define RGBDS_SYMBOL_H
 

include/common.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_COMMON_H
 #define RGBDS_COMMON_H
 

include/extern/err.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef EXTERN_ERR_H
 #define EXTERN_ERR_H
 
@@ -9,7 +17,7 @@
 
 #include <stdarg.h>
 
-#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
 
 #define warn rgbds_warn
 #define vwarn rgbds_vwarn
@@ -26,10 +34,10 @@ void vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list ap);
 void warnx(const char *fmt, ...);
 void vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap);
 
-noreturn void err(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
-noreturn void verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
-noreturn void errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
-noreturn void verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+noreturn_ void err(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
+noreturn_ void verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
+noreturn_ void errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...);
+noreturn_ void verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
 
 #endif /* ERR_IN_LIBC */
 

include/extern/reallocarray.h

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef EXTERN_REALLOCARRAY_H
-#define EXTERN_REALLOCARRAY_H
-
-#ifdef REALLOCARRAY_IN_LIBC
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#else /* REALLOCARRAY_IN_LIBC */
-
-#define reallocarray rgbds_reallocarray
-void *reallocarray(void *, size_t, size_t);
-
-#endif /* REALLOCARRAY_IN_LIBC */
-
-#endif /* EXTERN_REALLOCARRAY_H */

include/extern/stdnoreturn.h

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef EXTERN_STDNORETURN_H
-#define EXTERN_STDNORETURN_H
-
-#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L
-	/* C11 or newer */
-	#define noreturn _Noreturn
-#elif __cplusplus >= 201103L
-	/* C++11 or newer */
-	#define noreturn [[noreturn]]
-#elif __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 5))
-	/* GCC 2.5 or newer */
-	#define noreturn __attribute__ ((noreturn))
-#elif _MSC_VER >= 1310
-	/* MS Visual Studio 2003/.NET Framework 1.1 or newer */
-	#define noreturn _declspec(noreturn)
-#else
-	/* Unsupported, but no need to throw a fit */
-	#define noreturn
-#endif
-
-#endif /* EXTERN_STDNORETURN_H */

include/extern/strl.h

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef EXTERN_STRL_H
-#define EXTERN_STRL_H
-
-#ifdef STRL_IN_LIBC
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#else /* STRL_IN_LIBC */
-
-#define strlcpy rgbds_strlcpy
-#define strlcat rgbds_strlcat
-size_t strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dsize);
-size_t strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dsize);
-
-#endif /* STRL_IN_LIBC */
-
-#endif /* EXTERN_STRL_H */

include/extern/utf8decoder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef EXTERN_UTF8DECODER_H
+#define EXTERN_UTF8DECODER_H
+
+uint32_t decode(uint32_t *state, uint32_t *codep, uint32_t byte);
+
+#endif /* EXTERN_UTF8DECODER_H */

include/extern/version.h

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifndef EXTERN_VERSION_H
-#define EXTERN_VERSION_H
-
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR (0)
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR (3)
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH (4)
-
-const char *get_package_version_string(void);
-
-#endif /* EXTERN_VERSION_H */

include/gfx/gb.h

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_GFX_GB_H
@@ -20,14 +12,15 @@
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
-void png_to_gb(const struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb);
-void output_file(const struct Options opts, const struct GBImage gb);
+void raw_to_gb(const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image, struct GBImage *gb);
+void output_file(const struct Options *opts, const struct GBImage *gb);
 int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles,
 		   int tile_size);
-void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
+void create_tilemap(const struct Options *opts, struct GBImage *gb,
 		    struct Tilemap *tilemap);
-void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options opts,
-			 const struct Tilemap tilemap);
-void output_palette_file(const struct Options opts, const struct PNGImage png);
+void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options *opts,
+			 const struct Tilemap *tilemap);
+void output_palette_file(const struct Options *opts,
+			 const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image);
 
 #endif

include/gfx/main.h

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_GFX_MAIN_H
@@ -39,6 +31,21 @@ struct Options {
 	char *infile;
 };
 
+struct RGBColor {
+	uint8_t red;
+	uint8_t green;
+	uint8_t blue;
+};
+
+struct ImageOptions {
+	bool horizontal;
+	int trim;
+	char *mapfile;
+	bool mapout;
+	char *palfile;
+	bool palout;
+};
+
 struct PNGImage {
 	png_struct *png;
 	png_info *info;
@@ -47,12 +54,14 @@ struct PNGImage {
 	int height;
 	png_byte depth;
 	png_byte type;
-	bool horizontal;
-	int trim;
-	char *mapfile;
-	bool mapout;
-	char *palfile;
-	bool palout;
+};
+
+struct RawIndexedImage {
+	uint8_t **data;
+	struct RGBColor *palette;
+	int num_colors;
+	int width;
+	int height;
 };
 
 struct GBImage {

include/gfx/makepng.h

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_GFX_PNG_H
@@ -19,10 +11,11 @@
 
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
-void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img);
-void get_text(struct PNGImage *png);
-void set_text(const struct PNGImage *png);
-void output_png_file(const struct Options opts, const struct PNGImage *png);
-void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *png);
+struct RawIndexedImage *input_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
+				       struct ImageOptions *png_options);
+void output_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
+		     const struct ImageOptions *png_options,
+		     const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image);
+void destroy_raw_image(struct RawIndexedImage **raw_image_ptr_ptr);
 
 #endif /* RGBDS_GFX_PNG_H */

include/helpers.h

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2014-2018, RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef HELPERS_H
+#define HELPERS_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+	/* GCC or compatible */
+	#define noreturn_	__attribute__ ((noreturn))
+	#define unused_		__attribute__ ((unused))
+#else
+	/* Unsupported, but no need to throw a fit */
+	#define noreturn_
+	#define unused_
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HELPERS_H */

include/link/assign.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_ASSIGN_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_ASSIGN_H
 

include/link/library.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_LIBRARY_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_LIBRARY_H
 

include/link/main.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_MAIN_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_MAIN_H
 

include/link/mapfile.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_MAPFILE_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_MAPFILE_H
 

include/link/mylink.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_LINK_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_LINK_H
 

include/link/object.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_OBJECT_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_OBJECT_H
 

include/link/output.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_OUTPUT_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_OUTPUT_H
 

include/link/patch.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_PATCH_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_PATCH_H
 

include/link/script.h

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_SCRIPT_H
@@ -19,9 +11,9 @@
 
 #include <stdint.h>
 
-#include "extern/stdnoreturn.h"
+#include "helpers.h"
 
-noreturn void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
+noreturn_ void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...);
 
 void script_Parse(const char *path);
 

include/link/symbol.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINK_SYMBOL_H
 #define RGBDS_LINK_SYMBOL_H
 

include/linkdefs.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_LINKDEFS_H
 #define RGBDS_LINKDEFS_H
 
@@ -58,7 +66,8 @@ enum eSymbolType {
 enum ePatchType {
 	PATCH_BYTE	= 0x00,
 	PATCH_WORD_L	= 0x01,
-	PATCH_LONG_L	= 0x02
+	PATCH_LONG_L	= 0x02,
+	PATCH_BYTE_JR	= 0x03
 };
 
 #endif /* RGBDS_LINKDEFS_H */

include/types.h

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #ifndef RGBDS_TYPES_H
 #define RGBDS_TYPES_H
 

include/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#ifndef EXTERN_VERSION_H
+#define EXTERN_VERSION_H
+
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR (0)
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR (3)
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH (7)
+
+const char *get_package_version_string(void);
+
+#endif /* EXTERN_VERSION_H */

src/asm/asmy.y

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 %{
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -20,8 +28,10 @@
 #include "common.h"
 #include "linkdefs.h"
 
+uint32_t nListCountEmpty;
 char *tzNewMacro;
 uint32_t ulNewMacroSize;
+int32_t nPCOffset;
 
 static void bankrangecheck(char *name, uint32_t secttype, int32_t org,
 			   int32_t bank)
@@ -331,8 +341,9 @@ static void if_skip_to_else(void)
 				break;
 
 			case '\"':
-				src++;
+				src += 2;
 				inString = false;
+				break;
 
 			default:
 				src++;
@@ -447,7 +458,6 @@ static void updateUnion(void)
 %type	<nConstValue>	const_3bit
 %type	<sVal>		const_8bit
 %type	<sVal>		const_16bit
-%type	<sVal>		const_PCrel
 %type	<nConstValue>	sectiontype
 
 %type	<tzString>	string
@@ -496,7 +506,7 @@ static void updateUnion(void)
 %token	<tzSym> T_POP_SET
 %token	<tzSym> T_POP_EQUS
 
-%token	T_POP_INCLUDE T_POP_PRINTF T_POP_PRINTT T_POP_PRINTV
+%token	T_POP_INCLUDE T_POP_PRINTF T_POP_PRINTT T_POP_PRINTV T_POP_PRINTI
 %token	T_POP_IF T_POP_ELIF T_POP_ELSE T_POP_ENDC
 %token	T_POP_IMPORT T_POP_EXPORT T_POP_GLOBAL
 %token	T_POP_DB T_POP_DS T_POP_DW T_POP_DL
@@ -572,10 +582,13 @@ asmfile		: lines;
 
 /* Note: The lexer adds '\n' at the end of the input */
 lines		: /* empty */
-		| lines line '\n' {
-			nLineNo += 1;
-			nTotalLines += 1;
-		}
+		| lines {
+				nListCountEmpty = 0;
+				nPCOffset = 1;
+			} line '\n' {
+				nLineNo += 1;
+				nTotalLines += 1;
+			}
 ;
 
 line		: label
@@ -640,6 +653,7 @@ simple_pseudoop : include
 		| printf
 		| printt
 		| printv
+		| printi
 		| if
 		| elif
 		| else
@@ -647,9 +661,9 @@ simple_pseudoop : include
 		| import
 		| export
 		| global
-		| db
-		| dw
-		| dl
+		| { nPCOffset = 0; } db
+		| { nPCOffset = 0; } dw
+		| { nPCOffset = 0; } dl
 		| ds
 		| section
 		| rsreset
@@ -794,16 +808,28 @@ ds		: T_POP_DS uconst
 		}
 ;
 
-db		: T_POP_DB constlist_8bit_entry comma constlist_8bit
-		| T_POP_DB constlist_8bit_entry_single
+db		: T_POP_DB constlist_8bit_entry comma constlist_8bit {
+			if ((nPass == 1) && (nListCountEmpty > 0)) {
+				warning("Empty entry in list of 8-bit elements (treated as 0).");
+			}
+		}
+		| T_POP_DB constlist_8bit_entry
 ;
 
-dw		: T_POP_DW constlist_16bit_entry comma constlist_16bit
-		| T_POP_DW constlist_16bit_entry_single
+dw		: T_POP_DW constlist_16bit_entry comma constlist_16bit {
+			if ((nPass == 1) && (nListCountEmpty > 0)) {
+				warning("Empty entry in list of 16-bit elements (treated as 0).");
+			}
+		}
+		| T_POP_DW constlist_16bit_entry
 ;
 
-dl		: T_POP_DL constlist_32bit_entry comma constlist_32bit
-		| T_POP_DL constlist_32bit_entry_single
+dl		: T_POP_DL constlist_32bit_entry comma constlist_32bit {
+			if ((nPass == 1) && (nListCountEmpty > 0)) {
+				warning("Empty entry in list of 32-bit elements (treated as 0).");
+			}
+		}
+		| T_POP_DL constlist_32bit_entry
 ;
 
 purge		: T_POP_PURGE {
@@ -925,6 +951,13 @@ printv		: T_POP_PRINTV const
 		}
 ;
 
+printi		: T_POP_PRINTI const
+		{
+			if (nPass == 1)
+				printf("%d", $2);
+		}
+;
+
 printf		: T_POP_PRINTF const
 		{
 			if (nPass == 1)
@@ -1013,26 +1046,7 @@ constlist_8bit	: constlist_8bit_entry
 constlist_8bit_entry : /* empty */
 		{
 			out_Skip(1);
-			if (nPass == 1)
-				warning("Empty entry in list of 8-bit elements (treated as 0).");
-		}
-		| const_8bit
-		{
-			out_RelByte(&$1);
-		}
-		| string
-		{
-			char *s = $1;
-			int32_t length = charmap_Convert(&s);
-
-			out_AbsByteGroup(s, length);
-			free(s);
-		}
-;
-
-constlist_8bit_entry_single : /* empty */
-		{
-			out_Skip(1);
+			nListCountEmpty++;
 		}
 		| const_8bit
 		{
@@ -1055,18 +1069,7 @@ constlist_16bit : constlist_16bit_entry
 constlist_16bit_entry : /* empty */
 		{
 			out_Skip(2);
-			if (nPass == 1)
-				warning("Empty entry in list of 16-bit elements (treated as 0).");
-		}
-		| const_16bit
-		{
-			out_RelWord(&$1);
-		}
-;
-
-constlist_16bit_entry_single : /* empty */
-		{
-			out_Skip(2);
+			nListCountEmpty++;
 		}
 		| const_16bit
 		{
@@ -1081,8 +1084,7 @@ constlist_32bit : constlist_32bit_entry
 constlist_32bit_entry : /* empty */
 		{
 			out_Skip(4);
-			if (nPass == 1)
-				warning("Empty entry in list of 32-bit elements (treated as 0).");
+			nListCountEmpty++;
 		}
 		| relocconst
 		{
@@ -1090,24 +1092,6 @@ constlist_32bit_entry : /* empty */
 		}
 ;
 
-constlist_32bit_entry_single : /* empty */
-		{
-			out_Skip(4);
-		}
-		| relocconst
-		{
-			out_RelLong(&$1);
-		}
-;
-
-const_PCrel	: relocconst
-		{
-			if (!rpn_isPCRelative(&$1))
-				yyerror("Expression must be PC-relative");
-			$$ = $1;
-		}
-;
-
 const_8bit	: relocconst
 		{
 			if( (!rpn_isReloc(&$1)) && (($1.nVal < -128) || ($1.nVal > 255)) )
@@ -1127,8 +1111,39 @@ const_16bit	: relocconst
 
 relocconst	: T_ID
 		{
-			rpn_Symbol(&$$, $1);
-			$$.nVal = sym_GetValue($1);
+			/*
+			 * The value of @ needs to be evaluated by the linker,
+			 * it can only be calculated by the assembler in very
+			 * few cases (when the base address of a section is
+			 * known).
+			 *
+			 * '@' is a bit special in that it means different
+			 * things depending on when it is used:
+			 *
+			 * - JR/LD/ADD/etc: It refers to the first byte of the
+			 *   instruction (1 byte offset relative to the value
+			 *   stored in the ROM).
+			 * - DB/DW/DL: It refers to the address of the value
+			 *   that is being saved (0 byte offset relative to the
+			 *   value stored in the ROM.
+			 *
+			 * This offset must be added whenever '@' is added to a
+			 * RPN expression so that the linker can calculate the
+			 * correct result of any expression that uses '@'.
+			 */
+			if ((strcmp($1, "@") == 0) && (nPCOffset != 0)) {
+				struct Expression sTemp, sOffset;
+
+				rpn_Symbol(&sTemp, $1);
+				sTemp.nVal = sym_GetValue($1);
+
+				rpn_Number(&sOffset, nPCOffset);
+
+				rpn_SUB(&$$, &sTemp, &sOffset);
+			} else {
+				rpn_Symbol(&$$, $1);
+				$$.nVal = sym_GetValue($1);
+			}
 		}
 		| T_NUMBER
 		{
@@ -1226,6 +1241,8 @@ uconst		: const
 
 const		: T_ID					{ $$ = sym_GetConstantValue($1); }
 		| T_NUMBER				{ $$ = $1; }
+		| T_OP_HIGH '(' const ')'		{ $$ = ($3 >> 8) & 0xFF; }
+		| T_OP_LOW '(' const ')'		{ $$ = $3 & 0xFF; }
 		| string				{ $$ = str2int($1); }
 		| T_OP_LOGICNOT const %prec NEG		{ $$ = !$2; }
 		| const T_OP_LOGICOR const		{ $$ = $1 || $3; }
@@ -1247,19 +1264,38 @@ const		: T_ID					{ $$ = sym_GetConstantValue($1); }
 		| const T_OP_XOR const			{ $$ = $1 ^ $3; }
 		| const T_OP_OR const			{ $$ = $1 | $3; }
 		| const T_OP_AND const			{ $$ = $1 & $3; }
-		| const T_OP_SHL const			{ $$ = $1 << $3; }
-		| const T_OP_SHR const			{ $$ = $1 >> $3; }
+		| const T_OP_SHL const
+		{
+			if ($1 < 0)
+				warning("Left shift of negative value: %d", $1);
+
+			if ($3 < 0)
+				fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", $3);
+			else if ($3 >= 32)
+				fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", $3);
+
+			$$ = $1 << $3;
+		}
+		| const T_OP_SHR const
+		{
+			if ($3 < 0)
+				fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", $3);
+			else if ($3 >= 32)
+				fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", $3);
+
+			$$ = $1 >> $3;
+		}
 		| const T_OP_MUL const			{ $$ = $1 * $3; }
 		| const T_OP_DIV const
 		{
 			if ($3 == 0)
-				fatalerror("division by zero");
+				fatalerror("Division by zero");
 			$$ = $1 / $3;
 		}
 		| const T_OP_MOD const
 		{
 			if ($3 == 0)
-				fatalerror("division by zero");
+				fatalerror("Division by zero");
 			$$ = $1 % $3;
 		}
 		| T_OP_ADD const %prec NEG		{ $$ = +$2; }
@@ -1303,26 +1339,37 @@ const		: T_ID					{ $$ = sym_GetConstantValue($1); }
 
 string		: T_STRING
 		{
-			strcpy($$, $1);
+			if (snprintf($$, MAXSTRLEN + 1, "%s", $1) > MAXSTRLEN)
+				warning("String is too long '%s'", $1);
 		}
 		| T_OP_STRSUB '(' string comma uconst comma uconst ')'
 		{
-			strncpy($$, $3 + $5 - 1, $7);
-			$$[$7] = 0;
+			uint32_t len = $7;
+			if (len > MAXSTRLEN) {
+				warning("STRSUB: Length too big: %u", len);
+				len = MAXSTRLEN;
+			}
+
+			if (snprintf($$, len + 1, "%s", $3 + $5 - 1) > MAXSTRLEN)
+				warning("STRSUB: String too long '%s'", $$);
 		}
 		| T_OP_STRCAT '(' string comma string ')'
 		{
-			strcpy($$, $3);
-			strcat($$, $5);
+			if (snprintf($$, MAXSTRLEN + 1, "%s%s", $3, $5) > MAXSTRLEN)
+				warning("STRCAT: String too long '%s%s'", $3, $5);
 		}
 		| T_OP_STRUPR '(' string ')'
 		{
-			strcpy($$, $3);
+			if (snprintf($$, MAXSTRLEN + 1, "%s", $3) > MAXSTRLEN)
+				warning("STRUPR: String too long '%s'", $3);
+
 			upperstring($$);
 		}
 		| T_OP_STRLWR '(' string ')'
 		{
-			strcpy($$, $3);
+			if (snprintf($$, MAXSTRLEN + 1, "%s", $3) > MAXSTRLEN)
+				warning("STRUPR: String too long '%s'", $3);
+
 			lowerstring($$);
 		}
 ;
@@ -1594,12 +1641,12 @@ z80_jp		: T_Z80_JP const_16bit
 		}
 ;
 
-z80_jr		: T_Z80_JR const_PCrel
+z80_jr		: T_Z80_JR const_16bit
 		{
 			out_AbsByte(0x18);
 			out_PCRelByte(&$2);
 		}
-		| T_Z80_JR ccode comma const_PCrel
+		| T_Z80_JR ccode comma const_16bit
 		{
 			out_AbsByte(0x20 | ($2 << 3));
 			out_PCRelByte(&$4);
@@ -1708,7 +1755,8 @@ z80_ld_mem	: T_Z80_LD op_mem_ind comma T_MODE_SP
 		}
 		| T_Z80_LD op_mem_ind comma T_MODE_A
 		{
-			if ((!rpn_isReloc(&$2)) && ($2.nVal >= 0xFF00)) {
+			if (CurrentOptions.optimizeloads &&
+			    (!rpn_isReloc(&$2)) && ($2.nVal >= 0xFF00)) {
 				out_AbsByte(0xE0);
 				out_AbsByte($2.nVal & 0xFF);
 			} else {
@@ -1761,7 +1809,8 @@ z80_ld_a	: T_Z80_LD reg_r comma T_MODE_C_IND
 		| T_Z80_LD reg_r comma op_mem_ind
 		{
 			if ($2 == REG_A) {
-				if ((!rpn_isReloc(&$4)) && ($4.nVal >= 0xFF00)) {
+				if (CurrentOptions.optimizeloads &&
+				    (!rpn_isReloc(&$4)) && ($4.nVal >= 0xFF00)) {
 					out_AbsByte(0xF0);
 					out_AbsByte($4.nVal & 0xFF);
 				} else {

src/asm/charmap.c

@@ -1,87 +1,12 @@
 /*
- * UTF-8 decoder copyright © 2008–2009 Björn Höhrmann <bjoern@hoehrmann.de>
- * http://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
- * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
- * deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
- * rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
- * sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
- * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
- * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
- * IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #include <stdint.h>
-
-static const uint8_t utf8d[] = {
-	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 00..0f */
-	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 10..1f */
-	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 20..2f */
-	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 30..3f */
-	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 40..4f */
-	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 50..5f */
-	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 60..6f */
-	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 70..7f */
-	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 80..8f */
-	9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, /* 90..9f */
-	7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, /* a0..af */
-	7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, /* b0..bf */
-	8, 8, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* c0..cf */
-	2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* d0..df */
-	0xa, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, /* e0..e7 */
-	0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x4, 0x3, 0x3, /* e8..ef */
-	0xb, 0x6, 0x6, 0x6, 0x5, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, /* f0..f7 */
-	0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, /* f8..ff */
-	0x0, 0x1, 0x2, 0x3, 0x5, 0x8, 0x7, 0x1, /* s0..   */
-	0x1, 0x1, 0x4, 0x6, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, /*   ..s0 */
-	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s1 */
-	1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s1 */
-	1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s3 */
-	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s4 */
-	1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s5 */
-	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s6 */
-	1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s7 */
-	1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s8 */
-};
-
-uint32_t decode(uint32_t *state, uint32_t *codep, uint32_t byte)
-{
-	uint32_t type = utf8d[byte];
-
-	*codep = (*state != 0) ?
-			(byte & 0x3fu) | (*codep << 6) :
-			(0xff >> type) & (byte);
-
-	*state = utf8d[256 + *state * 16 + type];
-	return *state;
-}
-
-/*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -91,6 +16,8 @@ uint32_t decode(uint32_t *state, uint32_t *codep, uint32_t byte)
 #include "asm/main.h"
 #include "asm/output.h"
 
+#include "extern/utf8decoder.h"
+
 struct Charmap globalCharmap = {0};
 
 int32_t readUTF8Char(char *dest, char *src)

src/asm/fstack.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * FileStack routines
  */
@@ -16,7 +24,6 @@
 #include "asm/symbol.h"
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
-#include "extern/strl.h"
 
 #include "types.h"
 
@@ -80,6 +87,8 @@ static void pushcontext(void)
 		(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockSize = nCurrentREPTBlockSize;
 		(*ppFileStack)->nREPTBlockCount = nCurrentREPTBlockCount;
 		break;
+	default:
+		fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
 	}
 
 	nLineNo = 0;
@@ -145,6 +154,8 @@ static int32_t popcontext(void)
 		nCurrentREPTBlockSize = pLastFile->nREPTBlockSize;
 		nCurrentREPTBlockCount = pLastFile->nREPTBlockCount;
 		break;
+	default:
+		fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
 	}
 
 	free(*ppLastFile);
@@ -167,6 +178,8 @@ int32_t fstk_GetLine(void)
 		return nLineNo; /* ??? */
 	case STAT_isREPTBlock:
 		break; /* Peek top file of the stack */
+	default:
+		fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
 	}
 
 	pLastFile = pFileStack;
@@ -218,7 +231,7 @@ void fstk_AddIncludePath(char *s)
 	if (NextIncPath == MAXINCPATHS)
 		fatalerror("Too many include directories passed from command line");
 
-	if (strlcpy(IncludePaths[NextIncPath++], s, _MAX_PATH) >= _MAX_PATH)
+	if (snprintf(IncludePaths[NextIncPath++], _MAX_PATH, "%s", s) >= _MAX_PATH)
 		fatalerror("Include path too long '%s'", s);
 }
 
@@ -228,6 +241,9 @@ FILE *fstk_FindFile(char *fname)
 	int32_t i;
 	FILE *f;
 
+	if (fname == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
 	f = fopen(fname, "rb");
 
 	if (f != NULL || errno != ENOENT) {
@@ -238,11 +254,19 @@ FILE *fstk_FindFile(char *fname)
 	}
 
 	for (i = 0; i < NextIncPath; ++i) {
-		if (strlcpy(path, IncludePaths[i], sizeof(path))
-		    >= sizeof(path))
-			continue;
+		/*
+		 * The function snprintf() does not write more than `size` bytes
+		 * (including the terminating null byte ('\0')).  If the output
+		 * was truncated due to this limit, the return value is the
+		 * number of characters (excluding the terminating null byte)
+		 * which would have been written to the final string if enough
+		 * space had been available. Thus, a return value of `size` or
+		 * more means that the output was truncated.
+		 */
+		int fullpathlen = snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s%s",
+					   IncludePaths[i], fname);
 
-		if (strlcat(path, fname, sizeof(path)) >= sizeof(path))
+		if (fullpathlen >= (int)sizeof(path))
 			continue;
 
 		f = fopen(path, "rb");
@@ -331,7 +355,7 @@ void fstk_RunMacroArg(int32_t s)
 
 	pushcontext();
 	nCurrentStatus = STAT_isMacroArg;
-	sprintf(tzCurrentFileName, "%c", (uint8_t)s);
+	snprintf(tzCurrentFileName, _MAX_PATH + 1, "%c", (uint8_t)s);
 	CurrentFlexHandle = yy_scan_bytes(sym, strlen(sym));
 	yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
 }
@@ -394,7 +418,7 @@ void fstk_Init(char *s)
 
 	nMacroCount = 0;
 	nCurrentStatus = STAT_isInclude;
-	strcpy(tzCurrentFileName, tzFileName);
+	snprintf(tzCurrentFileName, _MAX_PATH + 1, "%s", tzFileName);
 	CurrentFlexHandle = yy_create_buffer(pCurrentFile);
 	yy_switch_to_buffer(CurrentFlexHandle);
 	nLineNo = 1;

src/asm/globlex.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <math.h>
 #include <stdbool.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
@@ -12,6 +20,8 @@
 #include "asm/symbol.h"
 #include "asm/symbol.h"
 
+#include "helpers.h"
+
 #include "asmy.h"
 
 bool oDontExpandStrings;
@@ -85,6 +95,9 @@ static int32_t ascii2bin(char *s)
 		s += 1;
 		convertfunc = binary2bin;
 		break;
+	default:
+		/* Handle below */
+		break;
 	}
 
 	if (radix == 4) {
@@ -208,7 +221,7 @@ uint32_t PutMacroArg(char *src, uint32_t size)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-uint32_t PutUniqueArg(char *src, uint32_t size)
+uint32_t PutUniqueArg(unused_ char *src, uint32_t size)
 {
 	char *s;
 
@@ -360,6 +373,7 @@ const struct sLexInitString lexer_strings[] = {
 
 	{"include", T_POP_INCLUDE},
 	{"printt", T_POP_PRINTT},
+	{"printi", T_POP_PRINTI},
 	{"printv", T_POP_PRINTV},
 	{"printf", T_POP_PRINTF},
 	{"export", T_POP_EXPORT},
@@ -570,7 +584,7 @@ void setup_lexer(void)
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '@', '@');
 	lex_FloatAddRange(id, '#', '#');
 
-	//@ID
+	// "@"
 
 	id = lex_FloatAlloc(&tIDToken);
 	lex_FloatAddFirstRange(id, '@', '@');

src/asm/lexer.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -151,6 +159,8 @@ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer(FILE *f)
 	pBuffer->pBuffer[size + 1] = 0;
 	pBuffer->nBufferSize = size + 1;
 
+	/* Convert all line endings to LF and spaces */
+
 	char *mem = pBuffer->pBuffer;
 	uint32_t instring = 0;
 
@@ -163,20 +173,44 @@ YY_BUFFER_STATE yy_create_buffer(FILE *f)
 		} else if (instring) {
 			mem += 1;
 		} else {
-			if ((mem[0] == 10 && mem[1] == 13)
-				|| (mem[0] == 13 && mem[1] == 10)) {
+			/* LF CR and CR LF */
+			if (((mem[0] == 10) && (mem[1] == 13))
+			 || ((mem[0] == 13) && (mem[1] == 10))) {
 				mem[0] = ' ';
 				mem[1] = '\n';
 				mem += 2;
-			} else if (mem[0] == 10 || mem[0] == 13) {
+			/* LF and CR */
+			} else if ((mem[0] == 10) || (mem[0] == 13)) {
 				mem[0] = '\n';
 				mem += 1;
-			} else if (mem[0] == '\n' && mem[1] == '*') {
+			} else {
 				mem += 1;
-				while (!(*mem == '\n' || *mem == '\0'))
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Remove comments */
+
+	mem = pBuffer->pBuffer;
+	instring = 0;
+
+	while (*mem) {
+		if (*mem == '\"')
+			instring = 1 - instring;
+
+		if ((mem[0] == '\\') && (mem[1] == '\"' || mem[1] == '\\')) {
+			mem += 2;
+		} else if (instring) {
+			mem += 1;
+		} else {
+			/* Comments that start with ; anywhere in a line */
+			if (*mem == ';') {
+				while (!((*mem == '\n') || (*mem == '\0')))
 					*mem++ = ' ';
-			} else if (*mem == ';') {
-				while (!(*mem == '\n' || *mem == '\0'))
+			/* Comments that start with * at the start of a line */
+			} else if ((mem[0] == '\n') && (mem[1] == '*')) {
+				mem += 1;
+				while (!((*mem == '\n') || (*mem == '\0')))
 					*mem++ = ' ';
 			} else {
 				mem += 1;
@@ -380,7 +414,7 @@ void yylex_GetFloatMaskAndFloatLen(uint32_t *pnFloatMask, uint32_t *pnFloatLen)
 /*
  * Gets the longest keyword/operator from the current position in the buffer.
  */
-struct sLexString *yylex_GetLongestFixed()
+struct sLexString *yylex_GetLongestFixed(void)
 {
 	struct sLexString *pLongestFixed = NULL;
 	char *s = pLexBuffer;
@@ -604,6 +638,43 @@ scanagain:
 		}
 	}
 
+	/* Check for line continuation character */
+	if (*pLexBuffer == '\\') {
+		/*
+		 * Look for line continuation character after a series of
+		 * spaces. This is also useful for files that use Windows line
+		 * endings: "\r\n" is replaced by " \n" before the lexer has the
+		 * opportunity to see it.
+		 */
+		if (pLexBuffer[1] == ' ') {
+			pLexBuffer += 2;
+			while (1) {
+				if (*pLexBuffer == ' ') {
+					pLexBuffer++;
+				} else if (*pLexBuffer == '\n') {
+					pLexBuffer++;
+					nLineNo += 1;
+					goto scanagain;
+				} else {
+					errx(1, "Expected a new line after the continuation character.");
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/* Line continuation character */
+		if (pLexBuffer[1] == '\n') {
+			pLexBuffer += 2;
+			nLineNo += 1;
+			goto scanagain;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * If there isn't a newline character or a space, ignore the
+		 * character '\'. It will eventually be handled by other
+		 * functions like PutMacroArg().
+		 */
+	}
+
 	/*
 	 * Try to match an identifier, macro argument (e.g. \1),
 	 * or numeric literal.
@@ -691,6 +762,9 @@ static uint32_t yylex_MACROARGS(void)
 			case '\\':
 				ch = '\\';
 				break;
+			case '"':
+				ch = '\"';
+				break;
 			case ',':
 				ch = ',';
 				break;
@@ -700,6 +774,32 @@ static uint32_t yylex_MACROARGS(void)
 			case '}':
 				ch = '}';
 				break;
+			case ' ':
+				/*
+				 * Look for line continuation character after a
+				 * series of spaces. This is also useful for
+				 * files that use Windows line endings: "\r\n"
+				 * is replaced by " \n" before the lexer has the
+				 * opportunity to see it.
+				 */
+				while (1) {
+					if (*pLexBuffer == ' ') {
+						pLexBuffer++;
+					} else if (*pLexBuffer == '\n') {
+						pLexBuffer++;
+						nLineNo += 1;
+						ch = 0;
+						break;
+					} else {
+						errx(1, "Expected a new line after the continuation character.");
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+			case '\n':
+				/* Line continuation character */
+				nLineNo += 1;
+				ch = 0;
+				break;
 			default:
 				maxLength = MAXSTRLEN - index;
 				length = CopyMacroArg(&yylval.tzString[index],
@@ -750,7 +850,7 @@ uint32_t yylex(void)
 		return yylex_NORMAL();
 	case LEX_STATE_MACROARGS:
 		return yylex_MACROARGS();
+	default:
+		fatalerror("%s: Internal error.", __func__);
 	}
-
-	fatalerror("Internal error in %s", __func__);
 }

src/asm/main.c

@@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <float.h>
 #include <math.h>
 #include <stdarg.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -14,13 +23,16 @@
 #include "asm/main.h"
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
-#include "extern/reallocarray.h"
-#include "extern/version.h"
+
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "version.h"
 
 extern int yyparse(void);
 
-int32_t cldefines_index;
-int32_t cldefines_size;
+size_t cldefines_index;
+size_t cldefines_numindices;
+size_t cldefines_bufsize;
+const size_t cldefine_entrysize = 2 * sizeof(void *);
 char **cldefines;
 
 clock_t nStartClock, nEndClock;
@@ -137,10 +149,13 @@ void opt_Parse(char *s)
 	case 'z':
 		if (strlen(&s[1]) <= 2) {
 			int32_t result;
+			unsigned int fillchar;
 
-			result = sscanf(&s[1], "%x", &newopt.fillchar);
+			result = sscanf(&s[1], "%x", &fillchar);
 			if (!((result == EOF) || (result == 1)))
 				errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'z'");
+
+			newopt.fillchar = fillchar;
 		} else {
 			errx(1, "Invalid argument for option 'z'");
 		}
@@ -184,10 +199,18 @@ void opt_AddDefine(char *s)
 {
 	char *value, *equals;
 
-	if (cldefines_index >= cldefines_size) {
-		cldefines_size *= 2;
-		cldefines = reallocarray(cldefines, cldefines_size,
-					 2 * sizeof(void *));
+	if (cldefines_index >= cldefines_numindices) {
+		/* Check for overflows */
+		if ((cldefines_numindices * 2) < cldefines_numindices)
+			fatalerror("No memory for command line defines");
+
+		if ((cldefines_bufsize * 2) < cldefines_bufsize)
+			fatalerror("No memory for command line defines");
+
+		cldefines_numindices *= 2;
+		cldefines_bufsize *= 2;
+
+		cldefines = realloc(cldefines, cldefines_bufsize);
 		if (!cldefines)
 			fatalerror("No memory for command line defines");
 	}
@@ -204,7 +227,7 @@ void opt_AddDefine(char *s)
 
 static void opt_ParseDefines(void)
 {
-	int32_t i;
+	uint32_t i;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < cldefines_index; i += 2)
 		sym_AddString(cldefines[i], cldefines[i + 1]);
@@ -217,7 +240,7 @@ void verror(const char *fmt, va_list args)
 {
 	fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: ");
 	fstk_Dump();
-	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n    ");
 	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
 	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
 	nErrors += 1;
@@ -232,7 +255,7 @@ void yyerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 	va_end(args);
 }
 
-void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
+noreturn_ void fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
 
@@ -254,7 +277,7 @@ void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
 
 	fprintf(stderr, "warning: ");
 	fstk_Dump();
-	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n    ");
 	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
 	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
 
@@ -264,7 +287,7 @@ void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
 static void print_usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
-"usage: rgbasm [-EhVvw] [-b chars] [-Dname[=value]] [-g chars] [-i path]\n"
+"usage: rgbasm [-EhLVvw] [-b chars] [-Dname[=value]] [-g chars] [-i path]\n"
 "              [-M dependfile] [-o outfile] [-p pad_value] file.asm\n");
 	exit(1);
 }
@@ -280,8 +303,10 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	dependfile = NULL;
 
-	cldefines_size = 32;
-	cldefines = reallocarray(cldefines, cldefines_size, 2 * sizeof(void *));
+	/* Initial number of allocated elements in array */
+	cldefines_numindices = 32;
+	cldefines_bufsize = cldefines_numindices * cldefine_entrysize;
+	cldefines = malloc(cldefines_bufsize);
 	if (!cldefines)
 		fatalerror("No memory for command line defines");
 
@@ -296,17 +321,18 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	DefaultOptions.gbgfx[3] = '3';
 	DefaultOptions.binary[0] = '0';
 	DefaultOptions.binary[1] = '1';
-	DefaultOptions.fillchar = 0;
-	DefaultOptions.verbose = false;
-	DefaultOptions.haltnop = true;
 	DefaultOptions.exportall = false;
+	DefaultOptions.fillchar = 0;
+	DefaultOptions.optimizeloads = true;
+	DefaultOptions.haltnop = true;
+	DefaultOptions.verbose = false;
 	DefaultOptions.warnings = true;
 
 	opt_SetCurrentOptions(&DefaultOptions);
 
 	newopt = CurrentOptions;
 
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:D:g:hi:M:o:p:EVvw")) != -1) {
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "b:D:Eg:hi:LM:o:p:Vvw")) != -1) {
 		switch (ch) {
 		case 'b':
 			if (strlen(optarg) == 2) {
@@ -338,6 +364,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'i':
 			fstk_AddIncludePath(optarg);
 			break;
+		case 'L':
+			newopt.optimizeloads = false;
+			break;
 		case 'M':
 			dependfile = fopen(optarg, "w");
 			if (dependfile == NULL)
@@ -456,7 +485,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	if (CurrentOptions.verbose) {
 		printf("Success! %u lines in %d.%02d seconds ", nTotalLines,
 		       (int)timespent, ((int)(timespent * 100.0)) % 100);
-		if (timespent == 0)
+		if (timespent < FLT_MIN_EXP)
 			printf("(INFINITY lines/minute)\n");
 		else
 			printf("(%d lines/minute)\n",

src/asm/math.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * Fixedpoint math routines
  */

src/asm/output.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * Outputs an objectfile
  */
@@ -585,7 +593,7 @@ void out_SetFileName(char *s)
 }
 
 /*
- * Find a section by name and type.  If it doesn't exist, create it
+ * Find a section by name and type. If it doesn't exist, create it
  */
 struct Section *out_FindSection(char *pzName, uint32_t secttype, int32_t org,
 				int32_t bank, int32_t alignment)
@@ -756,7 +764,7 @@ void out_String(char *s)
 }
 
 /*
- * Output a relocatable byte.  Checking will be done to see if it
+ * Output a relocatable byte. Checking will be done to see if it
  * is an absolute value in disguise.
  */
 void out_RelByte(struct Expression *expr)
@@ -795,7 +803,7 @@ void out_AbsWord(int32_t b)
 }
 
 /*
- * Output a relocatable word.  Checking will be done to see if
+ * Output a relocatable word. Checking will be done to see if
  * it's an absolute value in disguise.
  */
 void out_RelWord(struct Expression *expr)
@@ -839,7 +847,7 @@ void out_AbsLong(int32_t b)
 }
 
 /*
- * Output a relocatable longword.  Checking will be done to see if
+ * Output a relocatable longword. Checking will be done to see if
  * is an absolute value in disguise.
  */
 void out_RelLong(struct Expression *expr)
@@ -867,19 +875,23 @@ void out_RelLong(struct Expression *expr)
 }
 
 /*
- * Output a PC-relative byte
+ * Output a PC-relative relocatable byte. Checking will be done to see if it
+ * is an absolute value in disguise.
  */
 void out_PCRelByte(struct Expression *expr)
 {
-	int32_t b = expr->nVal;
-
 	checkcodesection();
 	checksectionoverflow(1);
-	b = (b & 0xFFFF) - (nPC + 1);
-	if (nPass == 2 && (b < -128 || b > 127))
-		yyerror("PC-relative value must be 8-bit");
 
-	out_AbsByte(b);
+	/* Always let the linker calculate the offset. */
+	if (nPass == 2) {
+		pCurrentSection->tData[nPC] = 0;
+		createpatch(PATCH_BYTE_JR, expr);
+	}
+	pCurrentSection->nPC += 1;
+	nPC += 1;
+	pPCSymbol->nValue += 1;
+
 	rpn_Reset(expr);
 }
 

src/asm/rgbasm.1

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd February 24, 2018
 .Dt RGBASM 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -20,7 +13,7 @@
 .Nd Game Boy assembler
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm rgbasm
-.Op Fl EhVvw
+.Op Fl EhLVvw
 .Op Fl b Ar chars
 .Op Fl D Ar name Ns Op = Ns Ar value
 .Op Fl g Ar chars
@@ -62,6 +55,12 @@ The
 option disables this behavior.
 .It Fl i Ar path
 Add an include path.
+.It Fl L
+Disable the optimization that turns loads of the form
+.Sy LD [$FF00+n8],A
+into the opcode
+.Sy LDH [$FF00+n8],A
+in order to have full control of the result in the final ROM.
 .It Fl M Ar dependfile
 Print
 .Xr make 1
@@ -82,7 +81,9 @@ Disable warning output.
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 Assembling a basic source file is simple:
 .Pp
-.D1 $ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ rgbasm -o bar.o foo.asm
+.Ed
 .Pp
 The resulting object file is not yet a usable ROM image \(em it must first be
 run through

src/asm/rgbasm.5

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd January 7, 2018
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd March 13, 2018
 .Dt RGBASM 5
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -33,16 +26,46 @@ one instruction or pseudo‐op per line:
 .Pp
 Example:
 .Pp
-.Dl John: ld a,87 ;Weee
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+John: ld a,87 ;Weee
+.Ed
 .Pp
 All pseudo‐ops, mnemonics and registers (reserved keywords) are case‐insensitive
 and all labels are case‐sensitive.
+.Pp
+There are two syntaxes for comments. In both cases, a comment ends at the end of
+the line. The most common one is: anything that follows a semicolon
+\[dq]\&;\[dq] (that isn't inside a string) is a comment. There is another
+format: anything that follows a \[dq]*\[dq] that is placed right at the start of
+a line is a comment. The assembler removes all comments from the code before
+doing anything else.
+.Pp
+Sometimes lines can be too long and it may be necessary to split them. The
+syntax to do so is the following one:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    DB 1, 2, 3, 4 \[rs]
+       5, 6, 7, 8
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This works anywhere in the code except inside of strings. To split strings it is
+needed to use
+.Sy STRCAT
+like this:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    DB STRCAT("Hello ", \[rs]
+              "world!")
+.Ed
+.Pp
 .Ss Sections
 Before you can start writing code, you must define a section.
 This tells the assembler what kind of information follows and, if it is code,
 where to put it.
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
+.Ed
 .Pp
 This switches to the section called "CoolStuff" (or creates it if it doesn't
 already exist) and it defines it as a code section.
@@ -111,7 +134,13 @@ and
 .Sy LDH A,[$FF00+n8]
 syntax instead.
 This forces the assembler to emit the correct instruction and the linker to
-check if the value is in the correct range.
+check if the value is in the correct range. This optimization can be disabled
+by passing the
+.Fl L
+flag to
+.Sy rgbasm
+as explained in
+.Xr rgbasm 1 .
 .El
 .Pp
 A section is usually defined as a floating one, but the code can restrict where
@@ -123,22 +152,30 @@ obligation to follow any specific rules.
 The following example defines a section that can be placed anywhere in any ROMX
 bank:
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX
+.Ed
 .Pp
 If it is needed, the following syntax can be used to fix the base address of the
 section:
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 It won't, however, fix the bank number, which is left to the linker.
 If you also want to specify the bank you can do:
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX[$4567],BANK[3]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 And if you only want to force the section into a certain bank, and not it's
 position within the bank, that's also possible:
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX,BANK[7]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]CoolStuff\[dq],ROMX,BANK[7]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 In addition, you can specify byte alignment for a section.
 This ensures that the section starts at a memory address where the given number
@@ -150,9 +187,11 @@ However, if an alignment is specified, the base address must be left unassigned.
 This can be useful when using DMA to copy data or when it is needed to align the
 start of an array to 256 bytes to optimize the code that accesses it.
 .Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]OAM Data\[dq],WRAM0,ALIGN[8] ; align to 256 bytes
-.Pp
-.Dl SECTION \[dq]VRAM Data\[dq],ROMX,BANK[2],ALIGN[4] ; align to 16 bytes
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    SECTION \[dq]OAM Data\[dq],WRAM0,ALIGN[8] ; align to 256 bytes
+
+    SECTION \[dq]VRAM Data\[dq],ROMX,BANK[2],ALIGN[4] ; align to 16 bytes
+.Ed
 .Pp
 HINT: If you think this is a lot of typing for doing a simple
 .Ic ORG
@@ -250,8 +289,10 @@ EQUates are constant symbols.
 They can, for example, be used for things such as bit-definitions of hardware
 registers.
 .Pp
-.Dl EXIT_OK      EQU $00
-.Dl EXIT_FAILURE EQU $01
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+EXIT_OK      EQU $00
+EXIT_FAILURE EQU $01
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
 EQUates cannot be exported and imported.
@@ -273,7 +314,9 @@ Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
 SETs cannot be exported and imported.
 Alternatively you can use = as a synonym for SET.
 .Pp
-.Dl COUNT = 2
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+COUNT = 2
+.Ed
 .Pp
 .It Sy RSSET , RSRESET , RB , RW
 .Pp
@@ -300,7 +343,7 @@ There are four commands in the RS group of commands:
 .Pp
 .Bl -column ".Sy String" ".Sy String"
 .It Sy Command Ta Ta Ta Sy Meaning
-.It Ic RSRESET No Ta Ta Resets the _RS counter to zero.
+.It Ic RSRESET Ta Ta Resets the _RS counter to zero.
 .It Ic RSSET Ar constexpr Ta Sets the
 .Ic _RS No counter to Ar constexpr .
 .It Ic RB Ar constexpr Ta Sets the preceding symbol to
@@ -325,10 +368,10 @@ If you are familiar with C you can think of it as the same as #define.
 .Pp
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 COUNTREG EQUS "[hl+]"
-ld a,COUNTREG
+    ld a,COUNTREG
 
 PLAYER_NAME EQUS \[dq]\[rs]\[dq]John\[rs]\[dq]\[dq]
-db PLAYER_NAME
+    db PLAYER_NAME
 .Ed
 .Pp
 Note that : following the label-name is not allowed, and that strings must be
@@ -336,12 +379,16 @@ quoted to be useful.
 .Pp
 This will be interpreted as:
 .Pp
-.Dl ld a,[hl+]
-.Dl db \[dq]John\[dq]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    ld a,[hl+]
+    db \[dq]John\[dq]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 String-symbols can also be used to define small one-line macros:
 .Pp
-.Dl PUSHA EQUS \[dq]push af\[rs]npush bc\[rs]npush de\[rs]npush hl\[rs]n\[dq]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+PUSHA EQUS \[dq]push af\[rs]npush bc\[rs]npush de\[rs]npush hl\[rs]n\[dq]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Note that a colon (:) following the label-name is not allowed.
 String equates can't be exported or imported.
@@ -454,7 +501,9 @@ Now I can call the macro specifying two arguments.
 The first being the address and the second being a bytecount.
 The macro will then reset all bytes in this range.
 .Pp
-.Dl LoopyMacro MyVars,54
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+LoopyMacro MyVars,54
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Arguments are passed as string equates.
 There's no need to enclose them in quotes.
@@ -474,6 +523,19 @@ In reality, up to 256 arguments can be passed to a macro, but you can only use
 the first 9 like this. If you want to use the rest, you need to use the keyword
 .Ic SHIFT .
 .Pp
+Line continuations work as usual inside macros or lists of arguments of macros.
+Strings, however, are a bit trickier. The following example shows how to use
+strings as arguments for a macro:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+PrintMacro : MACRO
+    PRINTT \[rs]1
+ENDM
+
+    PrintMacro STRCAT(\[rs]\[dq]Hello\[rs]\[dq]\[rs],  \[rs]
+                      \[rs]\[dq] world\[rs]\[rs]n\[rs]\[dq])
+.Ed
+.Pp
 .Ic SHIFT
 is a special command only available in macros.
 Very useful in REPT-blocks.
@@ -560,7 +622,9 @@ The following symbols are defined by the assembler:
 defines a list of bytes that will be stored in the final image.
 Ideal for tables and text (which is not zero-terminated).
 .Pp
-.Dl DB 1,2,3,4,\[dq]This is a string\[dq]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+DB 1,2,3,4,\[dq]This is a string\[dq]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Alternatively, you can use
 .Ic DW
@@ -604,7 +668,9 @@ and
 .Ic DL
 without any arguments instead.
 .Pp
-.Dl DS str_SIZEOF ;allocate str_SIZEOF bytes
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+DS str_SIZEOF ;allocate str_SIZEOF bytes
+.Ed
 .Pp
 .Ss Including binary files
 You probably have some graphics you'd like to include.
@@ -614,15 +680,19 @@ to include a raw binary file as it is.
 If the file isn't found in the current directory, the include-path list passed
 to the linker on the command line will be searched.
 .Pp
-.Dl INCBIN \[dq]titlepic.bin\[dq]
-.Dl INCBIN \[dq]sprites/hero.bin\[dq]\ ; UNIX
-.Dl INCBIN \[dq]sprites\[rs]\[rs]hero.bin\[dq]\ ; Windows
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+INCBIN \[dq]titlepic.bin\[dq]
+INCBIN \[dq]sprites/hero.bin\[dq]\ ; UNIX
+INCBIN \[dq]sprites\[rs]\[rs]hero.bin\[dq]\ ; Windows
+.Ed
 .Pp
 You can also include only part of a file with
 .Ic INCBIN .
 The example below includes 256 bytes from data.bin starting from byte 78.
 .Pp
-.Dl INCBIN \[dq]data.bin\[dq],78,256
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+INCBIN \[dq]data.bin\[dq],78,256
+.Ed
 .Ss Unions
 Unions allow multiple memory allocations to share the same space in memory,
 like unions in C.
@@ -667,16 +737,19 @@ some important information.
 .Pp
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 PRINTT \[dq]I'm the greatest programmer in the whole wide world\[rs]n\[dq]
-PRINTV (2+3)/5
-PRINTF MUL(3.14,3987.0)
+PRINTI (2 + 3) / 5
+PRINTV $FF00 + $F0
+PRINTF MUL(3.14, 3987.0)
 .Ed
 .Pp
 .Bl -inset
 .It Ic PRINTT
 prints out a string.
 .It Ic PRINTV
-prints out an integer value or, as in the example, the result of a calculation.
-Unsurprisingly, you can also print out a constant symbols value.
+prints out an integer value in hexadecimal or, as in the example, the result of
+a calculation. Unsurprisingly, you can also print out a constant symbols value.
+.It Ic PRINTI
+prints out a signed integer value.
 .It Ic PRINTF
 prints out a fixed point value.
 .El
@@ -747,7 +820,9 @@ You may nest
 .Ic INCLUDE
 calls infinitely (or until you run out of memory, whichever comes first).
 .Pp
-.Dl INCLUDE \[dq]irq.inc\[dq]
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    INCLUDE \[dq]irq.inc\[dq]
+.Ed
 .Pp
 .Ss Conditional assembling
 The four commands
@@ -823,7 +898,9 @@ The last one, Gameboy graphics, is quite interesting and useful.
 The values are actually pixel values and it converts the
 .Do chunky Dc data to Do planar Dc data as used in the Gameboy.
 .Pp
-.Dl DW \`01012323
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+    DW \`01012323
+.Ed
 .Pp
 Admittedly, an expression with just a single number is quite boring.
 To spice things up a bit there are a few operators you can use to perform
@@ -964,6 +1041,34 @@ new string.
 the new string.
 .El
 .Pp
+.Ss Character maps
+.Pp
+When writing text that is meant to be displayed in the Game Boy, the ASCII
+characters used in the source code may not be the same ones used in the tileset
+used in the ROM.
+For example, the tiles used for uppercase letters may be placed starting at tile
+index 128, which makes it difficult to add text strings to the ROM.
+.Pp
+Character maps allow the code to map strings up to 16 characters long to an
+abitrary 8-bit value:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+CHARMAP "<LF>", 10
+CHARMAP "&iacute", 20
+CHARMAP "A", 128
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Sy Note:
+Character maps affect all strings in the file from the point in which they are
+defined.
+This means that any string that the code may want to print as debug information
+will also be affected by it.
+.Pp
+.Sy Note:
+The output value of a mapping can be 0.
+If this happens, the assembler will treat this as the end of the string and the
+rest of it will be trimmed.
+.Pp
 .Ss Other functions
 There are a few other functions that do various useful things:
 .Pp
@@ -1046,6 +1151,7 @@ machine.
 .It Sx ATAN
 .It Sx ATAN2
 .It Sx BANK
+.It Sx CHARMAP
 .It Sx COS
 .It Sx DB
 .It Sx DEF
@@ -1075,6 +1181,7 @@ machine.
 .It Sx POPO
 .It Sx POPS
 .It Sx PRINTF
+.It Sx PRINTI
 .It Sx PRINTT
 .It Sx PRINTV
 .It Sx PURGE

src/asm/rpn.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * Controls RPN expressions for objectfiles
  */
@@ -322,6 +330,15 @@ void rpn_SHL(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
 	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
+
+	if (src1->nVal < 0)
+		warning("Left shift of negative value: %d", src1->nVal);
+
+	if (src2->nVal < 0)
+		fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", src2->nVal);
+	else if (src2->nVal >= 32)
+		fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", src2->nVal);
+
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal << src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHL);
 }
@@ -330,6 +347,11 @@ void rpn_SHR(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
 	     const struct Expression *src2)
 {
 	joinexpr();
+	if (src2->nVal < 0)
+		fatalerror("Shift by negative value: %d", src2->nVal);
+	else if (src2->nVal >= 32)
+		fatalerror("Shift by too big value: %d", src2->nVal);
+
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal >> src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_SHR);
 }
@@ -347,7 +369,7 @@ void rpn_DIV(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	if (src2->nVal == 0)
-		fatalerror("division by zero");
+		fatalerror("Division by zero");
 
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal / src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_DIV);
@@ -358,7 +380,7 @@ void rpn_MOD(struct Expression *expr, const struct Expression *src1,
 {
 	joinexpr();
 	if (src2->nVal == 0)
-		fatalerror("division by zero");
+		fatalerror("Division by zero");
 
 	expr->nVal = (expr->nVal % src2->nVal);
 	pushbyte(expr, RPN_MOD);

src/asm/symbol.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * Symboltable and macroargs stuff
  */
@@ -16,7 +24,9 @@
 #include "asm/output.h"
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
-#include "extern/version.h"
+
+#include "helpers.h"
+#include "version.h"
 
 struct sSymbol *tHashedSymbols[HASHSIZE];
 static struct sSymbol *pScope; /* Current section symbol scope */
@@ -31,7 +41,7 @@ static char SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL[256];
 static char SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC[256];
 static char SavedDAY[3];
 static char SavedMONTH[3];
-static char SavedYEAR[5];
+static char SavedYEAR[20];
 static char SavedHOUR[3];
 static char SavedMINUTE[3];
 static char SavedSECOND[3];
@@ -53,7 +63,7 @@ void helper_RemoveLeadingZeros(char *string)
 	memmove(string, new_beginning, strlen(new_beginning) + 1);
 }
 
-int32_t Callback_NARG(struct sSymbol *sym)
+int32_t Callback_NARG(unused_ struct sSymbol *sym)
 {
 	uint32_t i = 0;
 
@@ -63,7 +73,7 @@ int32_t Callback_NARG(struct sSymbol *sym)
 	return i;
 }
 
-int32_t Callback__LINE__(struct sSymbol __attribute__((unused)) *sym)
+int32_t Callback__LINE__(unused_ struct sSymbol *sym)
 {
 	return nLineNo;
 }
@@ -113,7 +123,9 @@ struct sSymbol *createsymbol(char *s)
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	strcpy((*ppsym)->tzName, s);
+	if (snprintf((*ppsym)->tzName, MAXSYMLEN + 1, "%s", s) > MAXSYMLEN)
+		warning("Symbol name is too long: '%s'", s);
+
 	(*ppsym)->nValue = 0;
 	(*ppsym)->nType = 0;
 	(*ppsym)->pScope = NULL;
@@ -121,7 +133,13 @@ struct sSymbol *createsymbol(char *s)
 	(*ppsym)->pMacro = NULL;
 	(*ppsym)->pSection = NULL;
 	(*ppsym)->Callback = NULL;
-	strcpy((*ppsym)->tzFileName, tzCurrentFileName);
+
+	if (snprintf((*ppsym)->tzFileName, _MAX_PATH + 1, "%s",
+		     tzCurrentFileName) > _MAX_PATH) {
+		fatalerror("%s: File name is too long: '%s'", __func__,
+			   tzCurrentFileName);
+	}
+
 	(*ppsym)->nFileLine = fstk_GetLine();
 	return *ppsym;
 }
@@ -500,7 +518,7 @@ void sym_SetMacroArgID(uint32_t nMacroCount)
 {
 	char s[256];
 
-	sprintf(s, "_%u", nMacroCount);
+	snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "_%u", nMacroCount);
 	newmacroargs[MAXMACROARGS] = strdup(s);
 }
 
@@ -551,7 +569,7 @@ void sym_AddEqu(char *tzSym, int32_t value)
  *
  * If the desired symbol is a string it needs to be passed to this function with
  * quotes inside the string, like sym_AddString("name", "\"test\"), or the
- * assembler won't be able to use it with DB and similar. This is equivalent as
+ * assembler won't be able to use it with DB and similar. This is equivalent to
  * ``` name EQUS "\"test\"" ```
  *
  * If the desired symbol is a register or a number, just the terminator quotes
@@ -656,7 +674,7 @@ void sym_AddReloc(char *tzSym)
 
 			struct sSymbol *parent = pScope->pScope ?
 						 pScope->pScope : pScope;
-			int32_t parentLen = localPtr - tzSym;
+			uint32_t parentLen = localPtr - tzSym;
 
 			if (strchr(localPtr + 1, '.') != NULL) {
 				fatalerror("'%s' is a nonsensical reference to a nested local symbol",
@@ -956,16 +974,22 @@ void sym_Init(void)
 		 * The '?' have to be escaped or they will be treated as
 		 * trigraphs...
 		 */
-		strcpy(SavedTIME, "\"\?\?:\?\?:\?\?\"");
-		strcpy(SavedDATE, "\"\?\? \?\?\? \?\?\?\?\"");
-		strcpy(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL, "\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?+\?\?\?\?\"");
-		strcpy(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC, "\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?Z\"");
-		strcpy(SavedDAY, "1");
-		strcpy(SavedMONTH, "1");
-		strcpy(SavedYEAR, "1900");
-		strcpy(SavedHOUR, "0");
-		strcpy(SavedMINUTE, "0");
-		strcpy(SavedSECOND, "0");
+		snprintf(SavedTIME, sizeof(SavedTIME),
+			 "\"\?\?:\?\?:\?\?\"");
+		snprintf(SavedDATE, sizeof(SavedDATE),
+			 "\"\?\? \?\?\? \?\?\?\?\"");
+		snprintf(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL,
+			 sizeof(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_LOCAL),
+			 "\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?+\?\?\?\?\"");
+		snprintf(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC,
+			 sizeof(SavedTIMESTAMP_ISO8601_UTC),
+			 "\"\?\?\?\?-\?\?-\?\?T\?\?:\?\?:\?\?Z\"");
+		snprintf(SavedDAY, sizeof(SavedDAY), "1");
+		snprintf(SavedMONTH, sizeof(SavedMONTH), "1");
+		snprintf(SavedYEAR, sizeof(SavedYEAR), "1900");
+		snprintf(SavedHOUR, sizeof(SavedHOUR), "0");
+		snprintf(SavedMINUTE, sizeof(SavedMINUTE), "0");
+		snprintf(SavedSECOND, sizeof(SavedSECOND), "0");
 	}
 
 	sym_AddString("__TIME__", SavedTIME);

src/extern/err.c

@@ -1,24 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2005-2013 Rich Felker, et al.
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- * the following conditions:
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2018, Rich Felker and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
- * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
- * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
- * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -48,7 +33,7 @@ void rgbds_vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 	putc('\n', stderr);
 }
 
-noreturn void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+noreturn_ void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
 	fprintf(stderr, "error");
 	if (fmt) {
@@ -59,7 +44,7 @@ noreturn void rgbds_verr(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 	exit(status);
 }
 
-noreturn void rgbds_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
+noreturn_ void rgbds_verrx(int status, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
 	fprintf(stderr, "error");
 	if (fmt) {
@@ -88,7 +73,7 @@ void rgbds_warnx(const char *fmt, ...)
 	va_end(ap);
 }
 
-noreturn void rgbds_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
+noreturn_ void rgbds_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list ap;
 
@@ -97,7 +82,7 @@ noreturn void rgbds_err(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
 	va_end(ap);
 }
 
-noreturn void rgbds_errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
+noreturn_ void rgbds_errx(int status, const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list ap;
 

src/extern/reallocarray.c

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/* $OpenBSD: reallocarray.c,v 1.2 2014/12/08 03:45:00 bcook Exp $ */
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2008 Otto Moerbeek <otto@drijf.net>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-/*
- * This is sqrt(SIZE_MAX+1), as s1*s2 <= SIZE_MAX
- * if both s1 < MUL_NO_OVERFLOW and s2 < MUL_NO_OVERFLOW
- */
-#define MUL_NO_OVERFLOW ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4))
-
-void *rgbds_reallocarray(void *optr, size_t nmemb, size_t size)
-{
-	if (((nmemb >= MUL_NO_OVERFLOW) || (size >= MUL_NO_OVERFLOW)) &&
-	    (nmemb > 0) && (SIZE_MAX / nmemb < size)) {
-		errno = ENOMEM;
-		return NULL;
-	}
-	return realloc(optr, size * nmemb);
-}

src/extern/strlcat.c

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/* $OpenBSD: strlcat.c,v 1.14 2015/01/15 03:54:12 millert Exp $ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 2015 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-/*
- * Appends src to string dst of size dsize (unlike strncat, dsize is the
- * full size of dst, not space left).  At most dsize-1 characters
- * will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless dsize <= strlen(dst)).
- * Returns strlen(src) + MIN(dsize, strlen(initial dst)).
- * If retval >= dsize, truncation occurred.
- */
-size_t rgbds_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dsize)
-{
-	const char *odst = dst;
-	const char *osrc = src;
-	size_t n = dsize;
-	size_t dlen;
-
-	/* Find the end of dst and adjust bytes left but don't go past end. */
-	while (n-- != 0 && *dst != '\0')
-		dst++;
-	dlen = dst - odst;
-	n = dsize - dlen;
-
-	if (n-- == 0)
-		return(dlen + strlen(src));
-	while (*src != '\0') {
-		if (n != 0) {
-			*dst++ = *src;
-			n--;
-		}
-		src++;
-	}
-	*dst = '\0';
-
-	return dlen + (src - osrc); /* count does not include NUL */
-}

src/extern/strlcpy.c

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/* $OpenBSD: strlcpy.c,v 1.12 2015/01/15 03:54:12 millert Exp $ */
-
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998, 2015 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-/*
- * Copy string src to buffer dst of size dsize.  At most dsize-1
- * chars will be copied.  Always NUL terminates (unless dsize == 0).
- * Returns strlen(src); if retval >= dsize, truncation occurred.
- */
-size_t rgbds_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dsize)
-{
-	const char *osrc = src;
-	size_t nleft = dsize;
-
-	/* Copy as many bytes as will fit. */
-	if (nleft != 0) {
-		while (--nleft != 0) {
-			char n = *src++;
-			*dst++ = n;
-
-			if (n == '\0')
-				break;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Not enough room in dst, add NUL and traverse rest of src. */
-	if (nleft == 0) {
-		if (dsize != 0)
-			*dst = '\0'; /* NUL-terminate dst */
-		while (*src++)
-			;
-	}
-
-	return (src - osrc - 1); /* count does not include NUL */
-}

src/extern/utf8decoder.c

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2009, Björn Höhrmann <bjoern@hoehrmann.de>
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+/*
+ * UTF-8 decoder: http://bjoern.hoehrmann.de/utf-8/decoder/dfa/
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+static const uint8_t utf8d[] = {
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 00..0f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 10..1f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 20..2f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 30..3f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 40..4f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 50..5f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 60..6f */
+	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 70..7f */
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 80..8f */
+	9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, 9, /* 90..9f */
+	7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, /* a0..af */
+	7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, /* b0..bf */
+	8, 8, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* c0..cf */
+	2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* d0..df */
+	0xa, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, /* e0..e7 */
+	0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x3, 0x4, 0x3, 0x3, /* e8..ef */
+	0xb, 0x6, 0x6, 0x6, 0x5, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, /* f0..f7 */
+	0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, 0x8, /* f8..ff */
+	0x0, 0x1, 0x2, 0x3, 0x5, 0x8, 0x7, 0x1, /* s0..   */
+	0x1, 0x1, 0x4, 0x6, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, /*   ..s0 */
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s1 */
+	1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s1 */
+	1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s3 */
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s4 */
+	1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s5 */
+	1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s6 */
+	1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s7 */
+	1, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* s8 */
+};
+
+uint32_t decode(uint32_t *state, uint32_t *codep, uint32_t byte)
+{
+	uint32_t type = utf8d[byte];
+
+	*codep = (*state != 0) ?
+			(byte & 0x3fu) | (*codep << 6) :
+			(0xff >> type) & (byte);
+
+	*state = utf8d[256 + *state * 16 + type];
+	return *state;
+}

src/extern/version.c

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "extern/version.h"
-
-const char *get_package_version_string(void)
-{
-	static char s[50];
-
-	/* The following conditional should be simplified by the compiler. */
-	if (strlen(BUILD_VERSION_STRING) == 0) {
-		snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "v%d.%d.%d", PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,
-			 PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR, PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH);
-		return s;
-	} else {
-		return BUILD_VERSION_STRING;
-	}
-}

src/fix/main.c

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthonyjbentley@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #include <stdbool.h>
@@ -22,14 +14,15 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
-#include "extern/version.h"
+
+#include "version.h"
 
 static void print_usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
-"usage: rgbfix [-CcjsVv] [-i game_id] [-k licensee_str] [-l licensee_id]\n"
-"              [-m mbc_type] [-n rom_version] [-p pad_value] [-r ram_size]\n"
-"              [-t title_str] file\n");
+"usage: rgbfix [-CcjsVv] [-f fix_spec] [-i game_id] [-k licensee_str]\n"
+"              [-l licensee_id] [-m mbc_type] [-n rom_version] [-p pad_value]\n"
+"              [-r ram_size] [-t title_str] file\n");
 	exit(1);
 }
 
@@ -44,7 +37,12 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	 */
 
 	/* all flags default to false unless options specify otherwise */
-	bool validate = false;
+	bool fixlogo = false;
+	bool fixheadsum = false;
+	bool fixglobalsum = false;
+	bool trashlogo = false;
+	bool trashheadsum = false;
+	bool trashglobalsum = false;
 	bool settitle = false;
 	bool setid = false;
 	bool colorcompatible = false;
@@ -68,7 +66,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	int version = 0;   /* mask ROM version number */
 	int padvalue = 0;  /* to pad the rom with if it changes size */
 
-	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Cci:jk:l:m:n:p:sr:t:Vv")) != -1) {
+	while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "Ccf:i:jk:l:m:n:p:sr:t:Vv")) != -1) {
 		switch (ch) {
 		case 'C':
 			coloronly = true;
@@ -76,6 +74,14 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		case 'c':
 			colorcompatible = true;
 			break;
+		case 'f':
+			fixlogo = strchr(optarg, 'l');
+			fixheadsum = strchr(optarg, 'h');
+			fixglobalsum = strchr(optarg, 'g');
+			trashlogo = strchr(optarg, 'L');
+			trashheadsum = strchr(optarg, 'H');
+			trashglobalsum = strchr(optarg, 'G');
+			break;
 		case 'i':
 			setid = true;
 
@@ -175,7 +181,9 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			printf("rgbfix %s\n", get_package_version_string());
 			exit(0);
 		case 'v':
-			validate = true;
+			fixlogo = true;
+			fixheadsum = true;
+			fixglobalsum = true;
 			break;
 		default:
 			print_usage();
@@ -199,10 +207,20 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		err(1, "Error opening file %s", argv[argc - 1]);
 
 	/*
-	 * Write changes to ROM
+	 * Read ROM header
+	 *
+	 * Offsets in the buffer are 0x100 less than the equivalent in ROM.
 	 */
 
-	if (validate) {
+	uint8_t header[0x50];
+
+	if (fseek(rom, 0x100, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+		err(1, "Could not locate ROM header");
+	if (fread(header, sizeof(uint8_t), sizeof(header), rom)
+	    != sizeof(header))
+		err(1, "Could not read ROM header");
+
+	if (fixlogo || trashlogo) {
 		/*
 		 * Offset 0x104–0x133: Nintendo Logo
 		 * This is a bitmap image that displays when the Game Boy is
@@ -212,7 +230,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		/*
 		 * See also: global checksums at 0x14D–0x14F, They must
 		 * also be correct for the game to boot, so we fix them
-		 * as well when the -v flag is set.
+		 * as well when requested with the -f flag.
 		 */
 
 		uint8_t ninlogo[48] = {
@@ -224,8 +242,12 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			0xDD, 0xDC, 0x99, 0x9F, 0xBB, 0xB9, 0x33, 0x3E
 		};
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x104, SEEK_SET);
-		fwrite(ninlogo, 1, 48, rom);
+		if (trashlogo) {
+			for (int i = 0; i < sizeof(ninlogo); i++)
+				ninlogo[i] = ~ninlogo[i];
+		}
+
+		memcpy(header + 0x04, ninlogo, sizeof(ninlogo));
 	}
 
 	if (settitle) {
@@ -246,11 +268,10 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * characters may conflict with the title.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x134, SEEK_SET);
-		fwrite(title, 1, strlen(title) + 1, rom);
+		int n = snprintf((char *)header + 0x34, 16, "%s", title);
 
-		while (ftell(rom) < 0x143)
-			fputc(0, rom);
+		for (int i = 16; i > n; i--)
+			header[0x34 + i] = '\0';
 	}
 
 	if (setid) {
@@ -260,8 +281,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * characters).
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x13F, SEEK_SET);
-		fwrite(id, 1, 4, rom);
+		memcpy(header + 0x3F, id, 4);
 	}
 
 	if (colorcompatible) {
@@ -279,20 +299,12 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * may conflict.
 		 */
 
-		uint8_t byte;
-
-		fseek(rom, 0x143, SEEK_SET);
-		byte = fgetc(rom);
-
-		byte |= 1 << 7;
+		header[0x43] |= 1 << 7;
 		if (coloronly)
-			byte |= 1 << 6;
+			header[0x43] |= 1 << 6;
 
-		if (byte & 0x3F)
+		if (header[0x43] & 0x3F)
 			warnx("Color flag conflicts with game title");
-
-		fseek(rom, 0x143, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(byte, rom);
 	}
 
 	if (setnewlicensee) {
@@ -308,8 +320,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * as a Super Game Boy flag.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x144, SEEK_SET);
-		fwrite(newlicensee, 1, 2, rom);
+		header[0x44] = newlicensee[0];
+		header[0x45] = newlicensee[1];
 	}
 
 	if (super) {
@@ -328,8 +340,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		if (!setlicensee)
 			warnx("You should probably set both '-s' and '-l 0x33'");
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x146, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(3, rom);
+		header[0x46] = 3;
 	}
 
 	if (setcartridge) {
@@ -339,8 +350,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * external RAM, timer, rumble, or battery.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x147, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(cartridge, rom);
+		header[0x47] = cartridge;
 	}
 
 	if (resize) {
@@ -354,8 +364,13 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		int headbyte;
 		uint8_t *buf;
 
-		fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_END);
+		if (fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_END) != 0)
+			err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
+
 		romsize = ftell(rom);
+		if (romsize == -1)
+			err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
+
 		newsize = 0x8000;
 
 		headbyte = 0;
@@ -368,11 +383,14 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			warnx("ROM size is bigger than 8MiB");
 
 		buf = malloc(newsize - romsize);
-		memset(buf, padvalue, newsize - romsize);
-		fwrite(buf, 1, newsize - romsize, rom);
+		if (buf == NULL)
+			errx(1, "Couldn't allocate memory for padded ROM.");
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x148, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(headbyte, rom);
+		memset(buf, padvalue, newsize - romsize);
+		if (fwrite(buf, 1, newsize - romsize, rom) != newsize - romsize)
+			err(1, "Could not pad ROM file");
+
+		header[0x48] = headbyte;
 
 		free(buf);
 	}
@@ -382,8 +400,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * Offset 0x149: RAM Size
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x149, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(ramsize, rom);
+		header[0x49] = ramsize;
 	}
 
 	if (nonjapan) {
@@ -391,8 +408,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * Offset 0x14A: Non-Japanese Region Flag
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x14A, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(1, rom);
+		header[0x4A] = 1;
 	}
 
 	if (setlicensee) {
@@ -408,8 +424,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * See also: the New Licensee ID at 0x144–0x145.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x14B, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(licensee, rom);
+		header[0x4B] = licensee;
 	}
 
 	if (setversion) {
@@ -418,46 +433,71 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		 * Which version of the ROM this is.
 		 */
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x14C, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(version, rom);
+		header[0x4C] = version;
 	}
 
-	if (validate) {
+	if (fixheadsum || trashheadsum) {
 		/*
 		 * Offset 0x14D: Header Checksum
 		 */
 
 		uint8_t headcksum = 0;
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x134, SEEK_SET);
-		for (int i = 0; i < (0x14D - 0x134); ++i)
-			headcksum = headcksum - fgetc(rom) - 1;
+		for (int i = 0x34; i < 0x4D; ++i)
+			headcksum = headcksum - header[i] - 1;
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x14D, SEEK_SET);
-		fputc(headcksum, rom);
+		if (trashheadsum)
+			headcksum = ~headcksum;
 
+		header[0x4D] = headcksum;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Before calculating the global checksum, we must write the modified
+	 * header to the ROM.
+	 */
+
+	if (fseek(rom, 0x100, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+		err(1, "Could not locate header for writing");
+
+	if (fwrite(header, sizeof(uint8_t), sizeof(header), rom)
+	    != sizeof(header))
+		err(1, "Could not write modified ROM header");
+
+	if (fixglobalsum || trashglobalsum) {
 		/*
 		 * Offset 0x14E–0x14F: Global Checksum
 		 */
 
 		uint16_t globalcksum = 0;
 
-		rewind(rom);
-		for (int i = 0; i < 0x14E; ++i)
-			globalcksum += fgetc(rom);
+		if (fseek(rom, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+			err(1, "Could not start calculating global checksum");
 
+		int i = 0;
 		int byte;
 
-		fseek(rom, 0x150, SEEK_SET);
-		while ((byte = fgetc(rom)) != EOF)
-			globalcksum += byte;
+		while ((byte = fgetc(rom)) != EOF) {
+			i++;
+			if (i != 0x150)
+				globalcksum += byte;
+		}
+
+		if (ferror(rom))
+			err(1, "Could not calculate global checksum");
+
+		if (trashglobalsum)
+			globalcksum = ~globalcksum;
 
 		fseek(rom, 0x14E, SEEK_SET);
 		fputc(globalcksum >> 8, rom);
 		fputc(globalcksum & 0xFF, rom);
+		if (ferror(rom))
+			err(1, "Could not write global checksum");
 	}
 
-	fclose(rom);
+	if (fclose(rom) != 0)
+		err(1, "Could not complete ROM write");
 
 	return 0;
 }

src/fix/rgbfix.1

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2017, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd March 11, 2018
 .Dt RGBFIX 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -21,6 +14,7 @@
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm rgbfix
 .Op Fl CcjsVv
+.Op Fl f Ar fix_spec
 .Op Fl i Ar game_id
 .Op Fl k Ar licensee_str
 .Op Fl l Ar licensee_id
@@ -53,6 +47,30 @@ If both this and the
 flag are set,
 .Fl C
 takes precedence.
+.It Fl f Ar fix_spec
+Fix certain header values that the Game Boy checks for correctness.
+Alternatively, intentionally trash these values by writing their binary inverse
+instead.
+.Ar fix_spec
+is a string containing any combination of the following characters:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -compact -width xx
+.It Cm l
+Fix the Nintendo logo
+.Pq Ad 0x104 Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x133 .
+.It Cm L
+Trash the Nintendo logo.
+.It Cm h
+Fix the header checksum
+.Pq Ad 0x14D .
+.It Cm H
+Trash the header checksum.
+.It Cm g
+Fix the global checksum
+.Pq Ad 0x14E Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x14F .
+.It Cm G
+Trash the global checksum.
+.El
 .It Fl i Ar game_id
 Set the game ID string
 .Pq Ad 0x13F Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x142
@@ -111,12 +129,8 @@ overlapping portion of the title.
 .It Fl V
 Print the version of the program and exit.
 .It Fl v
-Validate the header and fix checksums: the Nintendo character area
-.Pq Ad 0x104 Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x133 ,
-the header checksum
-.Pq Ad 0x14D ,
-and the global checksum
-.Pq Ad 0x14E Ns \(en Ns Ad 0x14F .
+Equivalent to
+.Fl f Cm lhg .
 .El
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 Most values in the ROM header are only cosmetic.

src/gbz80.7

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd February 23, 2018
 .Dt GBZ80 7
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -31,8 +24,10 @@ as destination can omit the destination as it is assumed it's register
 .Sy A .
 The following two lines have the same effect:
 .Pp
-.Dl OR A,B
-.Dl OR B
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+OR A,B
+OR B
+.Ed
 .Pp
 .Sh LEGEND
 List of abbreviations used in this document.
@@ -1669,7 +1664,7 @@ Flags: See
 .Sx SRA r8
 .Ss STOP
 Enter CPU very low power mode.
-Also used to switch between doube speed and normal CPU modes in GBC.
+Also used to switch between double and normal speed CPU modes in GBC.
 .Pp
 Cycles: -
 .Pp

src/gfx/gb.c

@@ -1,19 +1,12 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
+#include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 
@@ -39,23 +32,18 @@ void transpose_tiles(struct GBImage *gb, int width)
 	gb->data = newdata;
 }
 
-void png_to_gb(const struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb)
+void raw_to_gb(const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image, struct GBImage *gb)
 {
 	int x, y, byte;
-	png_byte index;
+	uint8_t index;
 
-	for (y = 0; y < png.height; y++) {
-		for (x = 0; x < png.width; x++) {
-			index = png.data[y][x];
+	for (y = 0; y < raw_image->height; y++) {
+		for (x = 0; x < raw_image->width; x++) {
+			index = raw_image->data[y][x];
 			index &= (1 << depth) - 1;
 
-			if (!gb->horizontal) {
-				byte = y * depth
-				     + x / 8 * png.height / 8 * 8 * depth;
-			} else {
-				byte = y * depth
-				     + x / 8 * png.height / 8 * 8 * depth;
-			}
+			byte = y * depth
+				+ x / 8 * raw_image->height / 8 * 8 * depth;
 			gb->data[byte] |= (index & 1) << (7 - x % 8);
 			if (depth == 2) {
 				gb->data[byte + 1] |=
@@ -65,18 +53,18 @@ void png_to_gb(const struct PNGImage png, struct GBImage *gb)
 	}
 
 	if (!gb->horizontal)
-		transpose_tiles(gb, png.width / 8);
+		transpose_tiles(gb, raw_image->width / 8);
 }
 
-void output_file(const struct Options opts, const struct GBImage gb)
+void output_file(const struct Options *opts, const struct GBImage *gb)
 {
 	FILE *f;
 
-	f = fopen(opts.outfile, "wb");
+	f = fopen(opts->outfile, "wb");
 	if (!f)
-		err(1, "Opening output file '%s' failed", opts.outfile);
+		err(1, "Opening output file '%s' failed", opts->outfile);
 
-	fwrite(gb.data, 1, gb.size - gb.trim * 8 * depth, f);
+	fwrite(gb->data, 1, gb->size - gb->trim * 8 * depth, f);
 
 	fclose(f);
 }
@@ -97,7 +85,7 @@ int get_tile_index(uint8_t *tile, uint8_t **tiles, int num_tiles, int tile_size)
 	return -1;
 }
 
-void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
+void create_tilemap(const struct Options *opts, struct GBImage *gb,
 		    struct Tilemap *tilemap)
 {
 	int i, j;
@@ -113,10 +101,15 @@ void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
 	tile_size = sizeof(uint8_t) * depth * 8;
 	gb_size = gb->size - (gb->trim * tile_size);
 	max_tiles = gb_size / tile_size;
-	tiles = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t *) * max_tiles);
+
+	/* If the input image doesn't fill the last tile, increase the count. */
+	if (gb_size > max_tiles * tile_size)
+		max_tiles++;
+
+	tiles = calloc(max_tiles, sizeof(uint8_t *));
 	num_tiles = 0;
 
-	tilemap->data = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * max_tiles);
+	tilemap->data = calloc(max_tiles, sizeof(uint8_t));
 	tilemap->size = 0;
 
 	gb_i = 0;
@@ -126,7 +119,7 @@ void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
 			tile[i] = gb->data[gb_i];
 			gb_i++;
 		}
-		if (opts.unique) {
+		if (opts->unique) {
 			index = get_tile_index(tile, tiles, num_tiles,
 					       tile_size);
 			if (index < 0) {
@@ -143,7 +136,7 @@ void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
 		tilemap->size++;
 	}
 
-	if (opts.unique) {
+	if (opts->unique) {
 		free(gb->data);
 		gb->data = malloc(tile_size * num_tiles);
 		for (i = 0; i < num_tiles; i++) {
@@ -160,43 +153,44 @@ void create_tilemap(const struct Options opts, struct GBImage *gb,
 	free(tiles);
 }
 
-void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options opts,
-			 const struct Tilemap tilemap)
+void output_tilemap_file(const struct Options *opts,
+			 const struct Tilemap *tilemap)
 {
 	FILE *f;
 
-	f = fopen(opts.mapfile, "wb");
+	f = fopen(opts->mapfile, "wb");
 	if (!f)
-		err(1, "Opening tilemap file '%s' failed", opts.mapfile);
+		err(1, "Opening tilemap file '%s' failed", opts->mapfile);
 
-	fwrite(tilemap.data, 1, tilemap.size, f);
+	fwrite(tilemap->data, 1, tilemap->size, f);
 	fclose(f);
 
-	if (opts.mapout)
-		free(opts.mapfile);
+	if (opts->mapout)
+		free(opts->mapfile);
 }
 
-void output_palette_file(const struct Options opts, const struct PNGImage png)
+void output_palette_file(const struct Options *opts,
+			 const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image)
 {
 	FILE *f;
-	int i, colors, color;
-	png_color *palette;
+	int i, color;
+	uint8_t cur_bytes[2];
 
-	if (png_get_PLTE(png.png, png.info, &palette, &colors)) {
-		f = fopen(opts.palfile, "wb");
-		if (!f) {
-			err(1, "Opening palette file '%s' failed",
-			    opts.palfile);
-		}
-		for (i = 0; i < colors; i++) {
-			color = palette[i].blue >> 3 << 10
-			      | palette[i].green >> 3 << 5
-			      | palette[i].red >> 3;
-			fwrite(&color, 2, 1, f);
-		}
-		fclose(f);
+	f = fopen(opts->palfile, "wb");
+	if (!f)
+		err(1, "Opening palette file '%s' failed", opts->palfile);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
+		color =
+			raw_image->palette[i].blue  >> 3 << 10 |
+			raw_image->palette[i].green >> 3 <<  5 |
+			raw_image->palette[i].red   >> 3;
+		cur_bytes[0] = color & 0xFF;
+		cur_bytes[1] = color >> 8;
+		fwrite(cur_bytes, 2, 1, f);
 	}
+	fclose(f);
 
-	if (opts.palout)
-		free(opts.palfile);
+	if (opts->palout)
+		free(opts->palfile);
 }

src/gfx/main.c

@@ -1,27 +1,20 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
+#include <png.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <unistd.h>
 
-#include "extern/version.h"
-
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
+#include "version.h"
+
 static void print_usage(void)
 {
 	printf(
@@ -34,7 +27,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	int ch, size;
 	struct Options opts = {0};
-	struct PNGImage png = {0};
+	struct ImageOptions png_options = {0};
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
 	struct GBImage gb = {0};
 	struct Tilemap tilemap = {0};
 	char *ext;
@@ -59,6 +53,7 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			break;
 		case 'F':
 			opts.hardfix = true;
+			/* fallthrough */
 		case 'f':
 			opts.fix = true;
 			break;
@@ -110,80 +105,89 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 	colors = 1 << depth;
 
-	input_png_file(opts, &png);
+	raw_image = input_png_file(&opts, &png_options);
 
-	png.mapfile = "";
-	png.palfile = "";
+	png_options.mapfile = "";
+	png_options.palfile = "";
 
-	get_text(&png);
-
-	if (png.horizontal != opts.horizontal) {
+	if (png_options.horizontal != opts.horizontal) {
 		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "horizontal");
 
 		if (opts.hardfix)
-			png.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
+			png_options.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
 	}
 
-	if (png.horizontal)
-		opts.horizontal = png.horizontal;
+	if (png_options.horizontal)
+		opts.horizontal = png_options.horizontal;
 
-	if (png.trim != opts.trim) {
+	if (png_options.trim != opts.trim) {
 		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "trim");
 
 		if (opts.hardfix)
-			png.trim = opts.trim;
+			png_options.trim = opts.trim;
 	}
 
-	if (png.trim)
-		opts.trim = png.trim;
+	if (png_options.trim)
+		opts.trim = png_options.trim;
 
-	if (opts.trim > png.width / 8 - 1) {
-		errx(1, "Trim (%i) for input png file '%s' too large (max: %i)",
-		     opts.trim, opts.infile, png.width / 8 - 1);
+	if (raw_image->width % 8) {
+		errx(1, "Input PNG file %s not sized correctly. The image's width must be a multiple of 8.",
+		     opts.infile);
+	}
+	if (raw_image->width / 8 > 1 && raw_image->height % 8) {
+		errx(1, "Input PNG file %s not sized correctly. If the image is more than 1 tile wide, its height must be a multiple of 8.",
+		     opts.infile);
 	}
 
-	if (strcmp(png.mapfile, opts.mapfile) != 0) {
+	if (opts.trim &&
+	    opts.trim > (raw_image->width / 8) * (raw_image->height / 8) - 1) {
+		errx(1, "Trim (%i) for input raw_image file '%s' too large (max: %i)",
+		     opts.trim, opts.infile,
+		     (raw_image->width / 8) * (raw_image->height / 8) - 1);
+	}
+
+	if (strcmp(png_options.mapfile, opts.mapfile) != 0) {
 		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
 
 		if (opts.hardfix)
-			png.mapfile = opts.mapfile;
+			png_options.mapfile = opts.mapfile;
 	}
 	if (!*opts.mapfile)
-		opts.mapfile = png.mapfile;
+		opts.mapfile = png_options.mapfile;
 
-	if (png.mapout != opts.mapout) {
+	if (png_options.mapout != opts.mapout) {
 		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "tilemap file");
 
 		if (opts.hardfix)
-			png.mapout = opts.mapout;
+			png_options.mapout = opts.mapout;
 	}
-	if (png.mapout)
-		opts.mapout = png.mapout;
+	if (png_options.mapout)
+		opts.mapout = png_options.mapout;
 
-	if (strcmp(png.palfile, opts.palfile) != 0) {
+	if (strcmp(png_options.palfile, opts.palfile) != 0) {
 		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
 
 		if (opts.hardfix)
-			png.palfile = opts.palfile;
+			png_options.palfile = opts.palfile;
 	}
 	if (!*opts.palfile)
-		opts.palfile = png.palfile;
+		opts.palfile = png_options.palfile;
 
-	if (png.palout != opts.palout) {
+	if (png_options.palout != opts.palout) {
 		if (opts.verbose)
 			warnx(errmsg, "palette file");
 
 		if (opts.hardfix)
-			png.palout = opts.palout;
+			png_options.palout = opts.palout;
 	}
 
-	if (png.palout)
-		opts.palout = png.palout;
+	if (png_options.palout)
+		opts.palout = png_options.palout;
 
 	if (!*opts.mapfile && opts.mapout) {
 		ext = strrchr(opts.infile, '.');
@@ -217,31 +221,29 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		}
 	}
 
-	gb.size = png.width * png.height * depth / 8;
+	gb.size = raw_image->width * raw_image->height * depth / 8;
 	gb.data = calloc(gb.size, 1);
 	gb.trim = opts.trim;
 	gb.horizontal = opts.horizontal;
 
 	if (*opts.outfile || *opts.mapfile) {
-		png_to_gb(png, &gb);
-		create_tilemap(opts, &gb, &tilemap);
+		raw_to_gb(raw_image, &gb);
+		create_tilemap(&opts, &gb, &tilemap);
 	}
 
 	if (*opts.outfile)
-		output_file(opts, gb);
+		output_file(&opts, &gb);
 
 	if (*opts.mapfile)
-		output_tilemap_file(opts, tilemap);
+		output_tilemap_file(&opts, &tilemap);
 
 	if (*opts.palfile)
-		output_palette_file(opts, png);
+		output_palette_file(&opts, raw_image);
 
-	if (opts.fix || opts.debug) {
-		set_text(&png);
-		output_png_file(opts, &png);
-	}
+	if (opts.fix || opts.debug)
+		output_png_file(&opts, &png_options, raw_image);
 
-	free_png_data(&png);
+	destroy_raw_image(&raw_image);
 	free(gb.data);
 
 	return 0;

src/gfx/makepng.c

@@ -1,38 +1,155 @@
 /*
- * Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
+#include <png.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
 #include "gfx/main.h"
 
-void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
+static void initialize_png(struct PNGImage *img, FILE *f);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *indexed_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *grayscale_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *truecolor_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img);
+static void get_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
+		     struct ImageOptions *png_options);
+static void set_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
+		     const struct ImageOptions *png_options);
+static void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *png);
+
+struct RawIndexedImage *input_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
+				       struct ImageOptions *png_options)
+{
+	struct PNGImage img;
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	FILE *f;
+
+	f = fopen(opts->infile, "rb");
+	if (!f)
+		err(1, "Opening input png file '%s' failed", opts->infile);
+
+	initialize_png(&img, f);
+
+	if (img.depth != depth) {
+		if (opts->verbose) {
+			warnx("Image bit depth is not %i (is %i).",
+			      depth, img.depth);
+		}
+	}
+
+	switch (img.type) {
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE:
+		raw_image = indexed_png_to_raw(&img); break;
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY:
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA:
+		raw_image = grayscale_png_to_raw(&img); break;
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB:
+	case PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA:
+		raw_image = truecolor_png_to_raw(&img); break;
+	default:
+		/* Shouldn't happen, but might as well handle just in case. */
+		errx(1, "Input PNG file is of invalid color type.");
+	}
+
+	get_text(&img, png_options);
+
+	png_destroy_read_struct(&img.png, &img.info, NULL);
+	fclose(f);
+	free_png_data(&img);
+
+	return raw_image;
+}
+
+void output_png_file(const struct Options *opts,
+		     const struct ImageOptions *png_options,
+		     const struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image)
 {
 	FILE *f;
-	int i, y, num_trans;
-	bool has_palette = false;
-	png_byte *trans_alpha;
-	png_color_16 *trans_values;
-	bool *full_alpha;
-	png_color *palette;
+	char *outfile;
+	struct PNGImage img;
+	png_color *png_palette;
+	int i;
 
-	f = fopen(opts.infile, "rb");
+	/*
+	 * TODO: Variable outfile is for debugging purposes. Eventually,
+	 * opts.infile will be used directly.
+	 */
+	if (opts->debug) {
+		outfile = malloc(strlen(opts->infile) + 5);
+		strcpy(outfile, opts->infile);
+		strcat(outfile, ".out");
+	} else {
+		outfile = opts->infile;
+	}
+
+	f = fopen(outfile, "wb");
 	if (!f)
-		err(1, "Opening input png file '%s' failed", opts.infile);
+		err(1, "Opening output png file '%s' failed", outfile);
 
+	img.png = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
+					  NULL, NULL, NULL);
+	if (!img.png)
+		errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
+
+	img.info = png_create_info_struct(img.png);
+	if (!img.info)
+		errx(1, "Creating png info structure failed");
+
+	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img.png)))
+		exit(1);
+
+	png_init_io(img.png, f);
+
+	png_set_IHDR(img.png, img.info, raw_image->width, raw_image->height,
+		     8, PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE, PNG_INTERLACE_NONE,
+		     PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT);
+
+	png_palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color *) * raw_image->num_colors);
+	for (i = 0; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
+		png_palette[i].red   = raw_image->palette[i].red;
+		png_palette[i].green = raw_image->palette[i].green;
+		png_palette[i].blue  = raw_image->palette[i].blue;
+	}
+	png_set_PLTE(img.png, img.info, png_palette, raw_image->num_colors);
+	free(png_palette);
+
+	if (opts->fix)
+		set_text(&img, png_options);
+
+	png_write_info(img.png, img.info);
+
+	png_write_image(img.png, (png_byte **) raw_image->data);
+	png_write_end(img.png, NULL);
+
+	png_destroy_write_struct(&img.png, &img.info);
+	fclose(f);
+
+	if (opts->debug)
+		free(outfile);
+}
+
+void destroy_raw_image(struct RawIndexedImage **raw_image_ptr_ptr)
+{
+	int y;
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image = *raw_image_ptr_ptr;
+
+	for (y = 0; y < raw_image->height; y++)
+		free(raw_image->data[y]);
+
+	free(raw_image->data);
+	free(raw_image->palette);
+	free(raw_image);
+	*raw_image_ptr_ptr = NULL;
+}
+
+static void initialize_png(struct PNGImage *img, FILE *f)
+{
 	img->png = png_create_read_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING,
 					  NULL, NULL, NULL);
 	if (!img->png)
@@ -42,7 +159,6 @@ void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
 	if (!img->info)
 		errx(1, "Creating png info structure failed");
 
-	/* TODO: Better error handling here? */
 	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img->png)))
 		exit(1);
 
@@ -54,125 +170,415 @@ void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
 	img->height = png_get_image_height(img->png, img->info);
 	img->depth  = png_get_bit_depth(img->png, img->info);
 	img->type   = png_get_color_type(img->png, img->info);
+}
 
-	if (img->type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
-		png_set_strip_alpha(img->png);
+static void read_png(struct PNGImage *img);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *create_raw_image(int width, int height,
+						int num_colors);
+static void set_raw_image_palette(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
+				  const png_color *palette, int num_colors);
 
-	if (img->depth != depth) {
-		if (opts.verbose) {
-			warnx("Image bit depth is not %i (is %i).", depth,
-			      img->depth);
-		}
-	}
+static struct RawIndexedImage *indexed_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	png_color *palette;
+	int colors_in_PLTE;
+	int colors_in_new_palette;
+	png_byte *trans_alpha;
+	int num_trans;
+	png_color_16 *trans_color;
+	png_color *original_palette;
+	uint8_t *old_to_new_palette;
+	int i, x, y;
 
-	if (img->type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) {
-		if (img->depth < 8)
-			png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
+	if (img->depth < 8)
+		png_set_packing(img->png);
 
-		png_set_gray_to_rgb(img->png);
-	} else {
-		if (img->depth < 8)
-			png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
+	png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, &palette, &colors_in_PLTE);
 
-		has_palette = png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, &palette,
-					   &colors);
-	}
+	raw_image = create_raw_image(img->width, img->height, colors);
 
+	/*
+	 * Transparent palette entries are removed, and the palette is collapsed.
+	 * Transparent pixels are then replaced with palette index 0.
+	 * This way, an indexed PNG can contain transparent pixels in *addition*
+	 * to 4 normal colors.
+	 */
 	if (png_get_tRNS(img->png, img->info, &trans_alpha, &num_trans,
-			 &trans_values)) {
-		if (img->type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) {
-			full_alpha = malloc(sizeof(bool) * num_trans);
+			 &trans_color)) {
+		original_palette = palette;
+		palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors_in_PLTE);
+		colors_in_new_palette = 0;
+		old_to_new_palette = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * colors_in_PLTE);
 
-			for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
-				if (trans_alpha[i] > 0)
-					full_alpha[i] = false;
-				else
-					full_alpha[i] = true;
+		for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
+			if (trans_alpha[i] == 0) {
+				old_to_new_palette[i] = 0;
+			} else {
+				old_to_new_palette[i] = colors_in_new_palette;
+				palette[colors_in_new_palette++] =
+					original_palette[i];
 			}
-
-			for (i = 0; i < num_trans; i++) {
-				if (full_alpha[i]) {
-					palette[i].red   = 0xFF;
-					palette[i].green = 0x00;
-					palette[i].blue  = 0xFF;
-					/*
-					 * Set to the lightest color in the
-					 * palette.
-					 */
-				}
-			}
-
-			free(full_alpha);
-		} else {
-			/* Set to the lightest color in the image. */
+		}
+		for (i = num_trans; i < colors_in_PLTE; i++) {
+			old_to_new_palette[i] = colors_in_new_palette;
+			palette[colors_in_new_palette++] = original_palette[i];
 		}
 
-		png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TRNS, -1);
-	}
+		if (colors_in_new_palette != colors_in_PLTE) {
+			palette = realloc(palette,
+					  sizeof(png_color) *
+					  colors_in_new_palette);
+		}
 
-	if (has_palette) {
-		/* Make sure palette only has the amount of colors you want. */
-	} else {
 		/*
-		 * Eventually when this copies colors from the image itself,
-		 * make sure order is lightest to darkest.
+		 * Setting and validating palette before reading
+		 * allows us to error out *before* doing the data
+		 * transformation if the palette is too long.
 		 */
-		palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors);
+		set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette,
+				      colors_in_new_palette);
+		read_png(img);
 
-		if (strcmp(opts.infile, "rgb.png") == 0) {
-			palette[0].red   = 0xFF;
-			palette[0].green = 0xEF;
-			palette[0].blue  = 0xFF;
+		for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+			for (x = 0; x < img->width; x++) {
+				raw_image->data[y][x] =
+					old_to_new_palette[img->data[y][x]];
+			}
+		}
 
-			palette[1].red   = 0xF7;
-			palette[1].green = 0xF7;
-			palette[1].blue  = 0x8C;
+		free(old_to_new_palette);
+	} else {
+		set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette, colors_in_PLTE);
+		read_png(img);
 
-			palette[2].red   = 0x94;
-			palette[2].green = 0x94;
-			palette[2].blue  = 0xC6;
-
-			palette[3].red   = 0x39;
-			palette[3].green = 0x39;
-			palette[3].blue  = 0x84;
-		} else {
-			palette[0].red   = 0xFF;
-			palette[0].green = 0xFF;
-			palette[0].blue  = 0xFF;
-
-			palette[1].red   = 0xA9;
-			palette[1].green = 0xA9;
-			palette[1].blue  = 0xA9;
-
-			palette[2].red   = 0x55;
-			palette[2].green = 0x55;
-			palette[2].blue  = 0x55;
-
-			palette[3].red   = 0x00;
-			palette[3].green = 0x00;
-			palette[3].blue  = 0x00;
+		for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+			for (x = 0; x < img->width; x++)
+				raw_image->data[y][x] = img->data[y][x];
 		}
 	}
 
-	/*
-	 * Also unfortunately, this sets it at 8 bit, and I can't find any
-	 * option to reduce to 2 or 1 bit.
-	 */
-#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10402
-	png_set_dither(img->png, palette, colors, colors, NULL, 1);
-#else
-	png_set_quantize(img->png, palette, colors, colors, NULL, 1);
-#endif
+	return raw_image;
+}
 
-	if (!has_palette) {
-		png_set_PLTE(img->png, img->info, palette, colors);
-		free(palette);
+static struct RawIndexedImage *grayscale_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	if (img->depth < 8)
+		png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(img->png);
+
+	png_set_gray_to_rgb(img->png);
+	return truecolor_png_to_raw(img);
+}
+
+static void rgba_png_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			     png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
+static struct RawIndexedImage
+	*processed_rgba_png_to_raw(const struct PNGImage *img,
+				   const png_color *palette,
+				   int colors_in_palette);
+
+static struct RawIndexedImage *truecolor_png_to_raw(struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	png_color *palette;
+	int colors_in_palette;
+
+	if (img->depth == 16) {
+#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
+		png_set_scale_16(img->png);
+#else
+		png_set_strip_16(img->png);
+#endif
 	}
 
+	if (!(img->type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)) {
+		if (png_get_valid(img->png, img->info, PNG_INFO_tRNS))
+			png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(img->png);
+		else
+			png_set_add_alpha(img->png, 0xFF, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
+	}
+
+	read_png(img);
+
+	rgba_png_palette(img, &palette, &colors_in_palette);
+	raw_image = processed_rgba_png_to_raw(img, palette, colors_in_palette);
+
+	free(palette);
+
+	return raw_image;
+}
+
+static void rgba_PLTE_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			      png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
+static void rgba_build_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			       png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors);
+
+static void rgba_png_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			     png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
+{
+	if (png_get_valid(img->png, img->info, PNG_INFO_PLTE))
+		rgba_PLTE_palette(img, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
+	else
+		rgba_build_palette(img, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
+}
+
+static void rgba_PLTE_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			      png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
+{
+	png_get_PLTE(img->png, img->info, palette_ptr_ptr, num_colors);
 	/*
-	 * If other useless chunks exist (sRGB, bKGD, pHYs, gAMA, cHRM, iCCP,
-	 * etc.) offer to remove?
+	 * Lets us free the palette manually instead of leaving it to libpng,
+	 * which lets us handle a PLTE and a built palette the same way.
 	 */
+	png_data_freer(img->png, img->info,
+		       PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA, PNG_FREE_PLTE);
+}
+
+static void update_built_palette(png_color *palette,
+				 const png_color *pixel_color, png_byte alpha,
+				 int *num_colors, bool *only_grayscale);
+static int fit_grayscale_palette(png_color *palette, int *num_colors);
+static void order_color_palette(png_color *palette, int num_colors);
+
+static void rgba_build_palette(struct PNGImage *img,
+			       png_color **palette_ptr_ptr, int *num_colors)
+{
+	png_color *palette;
+	int y, value_index;
+	png_color cur_pixel_color;
+	png_byte cur_alpha;
+	bool only_grayscale = true;
+
+	/*
+	 * By filling the palette up with black by default, if the image
+	 * doesn't have enough colors, the palette gets padded with black.
+	 */
+	*palette_ptr_ptr = calloc(colors, sizeof(png_color));
+	palette = *palette_ptr_ptr;
+	*num_colors = 0;
+
+	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+		value_index = 0;
+		while (value_index < img->width * 4) {
+			cur_pixel_color.red   = img->data[y][value_index++];
+			cur_pixel_color.green = img->data[y][value_index++];
+			cur_pixel_color.blue  = img->data[y][value_index++];
+			cur_alpha = img->data[y][value_index++];
+
+			update_built_palette(palette, &cur_pixel_color,
+					     cur_alpha,
+					     num_colors, &only_grayscale);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* In order not to count 100% transparent images as grayscale. */
+	only_grayscale = *num_colors ? only_grayscale : false;
+
+	if (!only_grayscale || !fit_grayscale_palette(palette, num_colors))
+		order_color_palette(palette, *num_colors);
+}
+
+static void update_built_palette(png_color *palette,
+				 const png_color *pixel_color, png_byte alpha,
+				 int *num_colors, bool *only_grayscale)
+{
+	bool color_exists;
+	png_color cur_palette_color;
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	 * Transparent pixels don't count toward the palette,
+	 * as they'll be replaced with color #0 later.
+	 */
+	if (alpha == 0)
+		return;
+
+	if (*only_grayscale && !(pixel_color->red == pixel_color->green &&
+				 pixel_color->red == pixel_color->blue)) {
+		*only_grayscale = false;
+	}
+
+	color_exists = false;
+	for (i = 0; i < *num_colors; i++) {
+		cur_palette_color = palette[i];
+		if (pixel_color->red   == cur_palette_color.red   &&
+		    pixel_color->green == cur_palette_color.green &&
+		    pixel_color->blue  == cur_palette_color.blue) {
+			color_exists = true;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!color_exists) {
+		if (*num_colors == colors) {
+			err(1, "Too many colors in input PNG file to fit into a %d-bit palette (max %d).",
+			    depth, colors);
+		}
+		palette[*num_colors] = *pixel_color;
+		(*num_colors)++;
+	}
+}
+
+static int fit_grayscale_palette(png_color *palette, int *num_colors)
+{
+	int interval = 256 / colors;
+	png_color *fitted_palette = malloc(sizeof(png_color) * colors);
+	bool *set_indices = calloc(colors, sizeof(bool));
+	int i, shade_index;
+
+	fitted_palette[0].red   = 0xFF;
+	fitted_palette[0].green = 0xFF;
+	fitted_palette[0].blue  = 0xFF;
+	fitted_palette[colors - 1].red   = 0;
+	fitted_palette[colors - 1].green = 0;
+	fitted_palette[colors - 1].blue  = 0;
+	if (colors == 4) {
+		fitted_palette[1].red   = 0xA9;
+		fitted_palette[1].green = 0xA9;
+		fitted_palette[1].blue  = 0xA9;
+		fitted_palette[2].red   = 0x55;
+		fitted_palette[2].green = 0x55;
+		fitted_palette[2].blue  = 0x55;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < *num_colors; i++) {
+		shade_index = colors - 1 - palette[i].red / interval;
+		if (set_indices[shade_index]) {
+			free(fitted_palette);
+			free(set_indices);
+			return false;
+		}
+		fitted_palette[shade_index] = palette[i];
+		set_indices[shade_index] = true;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < colors; i++)
+		palette[i] = fitted_palette[i];
+
+	*num_colors = colors;
+
+	free(fitted_palette);
+	free(set_indices);
+	return true;
+}
+
+/* A combined struct is needed to sort csolors in order of luminance. */
+struct ColorWithLuminance {
+	png_color color;
+	int luminance;
+};
+
+static int compare_luminance(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+	const struct ColorWithLuminance *x, *y;
+
+	x = (const struct ColorWithLuminance *)a;
+	y = (const struct ColorWithLuminance *)b;
+
+	return y->luminance - x->luminance;
+}
+
+static void order_color_palette(png_color *palette, int num_colors)
+{
+	int i;
+	struct ColorWithLuminance *palette_with_luminance =
+		malloc(sizeof(struct ColorWithLuminance) * num_colors);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
+		/*
+		 * Normally this would be done with floats, but since it's only
+		 * used for comparison, we might as well use integer math.
+		 */
+		palette_with_luminance[i].color = palette[i];
+		palette_with_luminance[i].luminance = 2126 * palette[i].red   +
+						      7152 * palette[i].green +
+						       722 * palette[i].blue;
+	}
+	qsort(palette_with_luminance, num_colors,
+	      sizeof(struct ColorWithLuminance), compare_luminance);
+	for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++)
+		palette[i] = palette_with_luminance[i].color;
+
+	free(palette_with_luminance);
+}
+
+static void put_raw_image_pixel(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
+				const struct PNGImage *img,
+				int *value_index, int x, int y,
+				const png_color *palette,
+				int colors_in_palette);
+
+static struct RawIndexedImage
+	*processed_rgba_png_to_raw(const struct PNGImage *img,
+				   const png_color *palette,
+				   int colors_in_palette)
+{
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	int x, y, value_index;
+
+	raw_image = create_raw_image(img->width, img->height, colors);
+
+	set_raw_image_palette(raw_image, palette, colors_in_palette);
+
+	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++) {
+		x = raw_image->width - 1;
+		value_index = img->width * 4 - 1;
+
+		while (x >= 0) {
+			put_raw_image_pixel(raw_image, img,
+					    &value_index, x, y,
+					    palette, colors_in_palette);
+			x--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return raw_image;
+}
+
+static uint8_t palette_index_of(const png_color *palette,
+				int num_colors, const png_color *color);
+
+static void put_raw_image_pixel(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
+				const struct PNGImage *img,
+				int *value_index, int x, int y,
+				const png_color *palette,
+				int colors_in_palette)
+{
+	png_color pixel_color;
+	png_byte alpha;
+
+	alpha = img->data[y][*value_index];
+	if (alpha == 0) {
+		raw_image->data[y][x] = 0;
+		*value_index -= 4;
+	} else {
+		(*value_index)--;
+		pixel_color.blue  = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
+		pixel_color.green = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
+		pixel_color.red   = img->data[y][(*value_index)--];
+		raw_image->data[y][x] = palette_index_of(palette,
+							 colors_in_palette,
+							 &pixel_color);
+	}
+}
+
+static uint8_t palette_index_of(const png_color *palette,
+				int num_colors, const png_color *color)
+{
+	uint8_t i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
+		if (palette[i].red   == color->red   &&
+		    palette[i].green == color->green &&
+		    palette[i].blue  == color->blue) {
+			return i;
+		}
+	}
+	errx(1, "The input PNG file contains colors that don't appear in its embedded palette.");
+}
+
+static void read_png(struct PNGImage *img)
+{
+	int y;
 
 	png_read_update_info(img->png, img->info);
 
@@ -182,35 +588,78 @@ void input_png_file(const struct Options opts, struct PNGImage *img)
 
 	png_read_image(img->png, img->data);
 	png_read_end(img->png, img->info);
-
-	fclose(f);
 }
 
-void get_text(struct PNGImage *png)
+static struct RawIndexedImage *create_raw_image(int width, int height,
+						int num_colors)
+{
+	struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image;
+	int y;
+
+	raw_image = malloc(sizeof(struct RawIndexedImage));
+
+	raw_image->width = width;
+	raw_image->height = height;
+	raw_image->num_colors = num_colors;
+
+	raw_image->palette = malloc(sizeof(struct RGBColor) * num_colors);
+
+	raw_image->data = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t *) * height);
+	for (y = 0; y < height; y++)
+		raw_image->data[y] = malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * width);
+
+	return raw_image;
+}
+
+static void set_raw_image_palette(struct RawIndexedImage *raw_image,
+				  const png_color *palette, int num_colors)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (num_colors > raw_image->num_colors) {
+		errx(1, "Too many colors in input PNG file's palette to fit into a %d-bit palette (%d in input palette, max %d).",
+		     raw_image->num_colors >> 1,
+		     num_colors, raw_image->num_colors);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_colors; i++) {
+		raw_image->palette[i].red   = palette[i].red;
+		raw_image->palette[i].green = palette[i].green;
+		raw_image->palette[i].blue  = palette[i].blue;
+	}
+	for (i = num_colors; i < raw_image->num_colors; i++) {
+		raw_image->palette[i].red   = 0;
+		raw_image->palette[i].green = 0;
+		raw_image->palette[i].blue  = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+static void get_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
+		     struct ImageOptions *png_options)
 {
 	png_text *text;
 	int i, numtxts, numremoved;
 
-	png_get_text(png->png, png->info, &text, &numtxts);
+	png_get_text(img->png, img->info, &text, &numtxts);
 	for (i = 0; i < numtxts; i++) {
 		if (strcmp(text[i].key, "h") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
-			png->horizontal = true;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->horizontal = true;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "x") == 0) {
-			png->trim = strtoul(text[i].text, NULL, 0);
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->trim = strtoul(text[i].text, NULL, 0);
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "t") == 0) {
-			png->mapfile = text[i].text;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->mapfile = text[i].text;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "T") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
-			png->mapout = true;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->mapout = true;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "p") == 0) {
-			png->palfile = text[i].text;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->palfile = text[i].text;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		} else if (strcmp(text[i].key, "P") == 0 && !*text[i].text) {
-			png->palout = true;
-			png_free_data(png->png, png->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
+			png_options->palout = true;
+			png_free_data(img->png, img->info, PNG_FREE_TEXT, i);
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -226,106 +675,64 @@ void get_text(struct PNGImage *png)
 		text[i].text = text[i + numremoved].text;
 		text[i].compression = text[i + numremoved].compression;
 	}
-	png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, numtxts - numremoved);
+	png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, numtxts - numremoved);
 }
 
-void set_text(const struct PNGImage *png)
+static void set_text(const struct PNGImage *img,
+		     const struct ImageOptions *png_options)
 {
 	png_text *text;
 	char buffer[3];
 
 	text = malloc(sizeof(png_text));
 
-	if (png->horizontal) {
+	if (png_options->horizontal) {
 		text[0].key = "h";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (png->trim) {
+	if (png_options->trim) {
 		text[0].key = "x";
-		snprintf(buffer, 3, "%d", png->trim);
+		snprintf(buffer, 3, "%d", png_options->trim);
 		text[0].text = buffer;
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (*png->mapfile) {
+	if (*png_options->mapfile) {
 		text[0].key = "t";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (png->mapout) {
+	if (png_options->mapout) {
 		text[0].key = "T";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (*png->palfile) {
+	if (*png_options->palfile) {
 		text[0].key = "p";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
-	if (png->palout) {
+	if (png_options->palout) {
 		text[0].key = "P";
 		text[0].text = "";
 		text[0].compression = PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE;
-		png_set_text(png->png, png->info, text, 1);
+		png_set_text(img->png, img->info, text, 1);
 	}
 
 	free(text);
 }
 
-void output_png_file(const struct Options opts, const struct PNGImage *png)
-{
-	FILE *f;
-	char *outfile;
-	png_struct *img;
-
-	/*
-	 * TODO: Variable outfile is for debugging purposes. Eventually,
-	 * opts.infile will be used directly.
-	 */
-	if (opts.debug) {
-		outfile = malloc(strlen(opts.infile) + 5);
-		strcpy(outfile, opts.infile);
-		strcat(outfile, ".out");
-	} else {
-		outfile = opts.infile;
-	}
-
-	f = fopen(outfile, "wb");
-	if (!f)
-		err(1, "Opening output png file '%s' failed", outfile);
-
-	img = png_create_write_struct(PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, NULL, NULL, NULL);
-	if (!img)
-		errx(1, "Creating png structure failed");
-
-	/* TODO: Better error handling here? */
-	if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(img)))
-		exit(1);
-
-	png_init_io(img, f);
-
-	png_write_info(img, png->info);
-
-	png_write_image(img, png->data);
-	png_write_end(img, NULL);
-
-	fclose(f);
-
-	if (opts.debug)
-		free(outfile);
-}
-
-void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *png)
+static void free_png_data(const struct PNGImage *img)
 {
 	int y;
 
-	for (y = 0; y < png->height; y++)
-		free(png->data[y]);
+	for (y = 0; y < img->height; y++)
+		free(img->data[y]);
 
-	free(png->data);
+	free(img->data);
 }

src/gfx/rgbgfx.1

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2013 stag019 <stag019@gmail.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2013-2018, stag019 and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd January 26, 2018
 .Dt RGBGFX 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -31,7 +24,28 @@
 The
 .Nm
 program converts PNG images into the Nintendo Game Boy's planar tile format.
-The arguments are as follows:
+
+The resulting colors and their palette indices are determined differently
+depending on the input PNG file:
+.Bl -dash -width Ds
+.It
+If the file has an embedded palette, that palette's color and order are used.
+.It
+If not, and the image only contains shades of gray, rgbgfx maps them to the
+indices appropriate for each shade. Any undetermined indices are set to
+respective default shades of gray. For example: if the bit depth is 2 and the
+image contains light gray and black, they become the second and fourth colors -
+and the first and third colors get set to default white and dark gray. If the
+image has multiple shades that map to the same index, the palette is instead
+determined as if the image had color.
+.It
+If the image has color (or the grayscale method failed), the colors are sorted
+from lightest to darkest.
+.El
+
+The input image may not contain more colors than the selected bit depth
+allows. Transparent pixels are set to palette index 0.
+.Sh ARGUMENTS
 .Bl -tag -width Ds
 .It Fl D
 Debug features are enabled.
@@ -40,24 +54,25 @@ Fix the input PNG file to be a correctly indexed image.
 .It Fl F
 Same as
 .Fl f ,
-but additionally, the input PNG file is fixed to have its parameters match the
-command line's parameters.
+but additionally, the supplied command line parameters are saved within the PNG
+and will be loaded and automatically used next time.
 .It Fl d Ar depth
-The bitdepth of the output image (either 1 or 2).
-By default, the bitdepth is 2 (two bits per pixel).
+The bit depth of the output image (either 1 or 2).
+By default, the bit depth is 2 (two bits per pixel).
 .It Fl h
 Lay out tiles horizontally rather than vertically.
 .It Fl o Ar outfile
 The name of the output file.
 .It Fl p Ar palfile
-Raw bytes (8 bytes for two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel)
-containing the RGB15 values in the little-endian byte order and then ordered
-from lightest to darkest.
+Output the image's palette in standard GBC palette format - bytes (8 bytes for
+two bits per pixel, 4 bytes for one bit per pixel) containing the RGB15 values
+in little-endian byte order. If the palette contains too few colors, the
+remaining entries are set to black.
 .It Fl P
 Same as
 .Fl p ,
-but the pallete file output name is made by taking the input filename,
-removing the file extension, and appending
+but the palette file output name is made by taking the input PNG file's
+filename, removing the file extension, and appending
 .Pa .pal .
 .It Fl t Ar mapfile
 If any tiles are the same, don't place the repeat tiles in the output file, and
@@ -80,7 +95,7 @@ the PNG file don't match.
 Trim the end of the output file by this many tiles.
 .El
 .Sh EXAMPLES
-The following will take a PNG file with a bitdepth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
+The following will take a PNG file with a bit depth of 1, 2, or 8, and output
 planar 2bpp data:
 .Pp
 .D1 $ rgbgfx -o out.2bpp in.png

src/link/assign.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -66,6 +74,10 @@ static void do_max_bank(enum eSectionType Type, int32_t nBank)
 		if (nBank > MaxVBankUsed)
 			MaxVBankUsed = nBank;
 		break;
+	case SECT_ROM0:
+	case SECT_WRAM0:
+	case SECT_OAM:
+	case SECT_HRAM:
 	default:
 		break;
 	}
@@ -486,7 +498,6 @@ void SetLinkerscriptName(char *tzLinkerscriptFile)
 
 void AssignSections(void)
 {
-	int32_t i;
 	struct sSection *pSection;
 
 	MaxBankUsed = 0;
@@ -495,7 +506,7 @@ void AssignSections(void)
 	 * Initialize the memory areas
 	 */
 
-	for (i = 0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i += 1) {
+	for (int32_t i = 0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i += 1) {
 		BankFree[i] = malloc(sizeof(*BankFree[i]));
 
 		if (!BankFree[i]) {
@@ -609,6 +620,9 @@ void AssignSections(void)
 				     pSection->nOrg, pSection->nBank);
 			}
 			break;
+		default:
+			errx(1, "%s: Internal error: Type %d", __func__,
+			     pSection->Type);
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -652,6 +666,10 @@ void AssignSections(void)
 			do_max_bank(pSection->Type, pSection->nBank);
 			break;
 
+		case SECT_ROM0:
+		case SECT_WRAM0:
+		case SECT_OAM:
+		case SECT_HRAM:
 		default: /* Handle other sections later */
 			break;
 		}

src/link/lexer.l

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 %option noinput
@@ -31,7 +23,7 @@
 
 #include "types.h"
 
-extern int yyparse();
+extern int yyparse(void);
 
 /* File include stack. */
 
@@ -187,13 +179,13 @@ void script_PrintFileStack(void)
 	fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d)", linkerscript_path, include_line[i]);
 }
 
-noreturn void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
+noreturn_ void script_fatalerror(const char *fmt, ...)
 {
 	va_list args;
 	va_start(args, fmt);
 	fprintf(stderr, "error: ");
 	script_PrintFileStack();
-	fprintf(stderr, ":\n\t");
+	fprintf(stderr, ":\n    ");
 	vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
 	fprintf(stderr, "\n");
 	va_end(args);

src/link/library.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>

src/link/main.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -5,7 +13,6 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 #include "extern/err.h"
-#include "extern/version.h"
 
 #include "link/object.h"
 #include "link/output.h"
@@ -16,6 +23,8 @@
 #include "link/main.h"
 #include "link/library.h"
 
+#include "version.h"
+
 enum eBlockType {
 	BLOCK_COMMENT,
 	BLOCK_OBJECTS,

src/link/mapfile.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -112,6 +120,10 @@ void MapfileWriteSection(const struct sSection *pSect)
 	for (i = 0; i < pSect->nNumberOfSymbols; i += 1) {
 		const struct sSymbol *pSym = pSect->tSymbols[i];
 
+		/* Don't print '@' */
+		if (strcmp(pSym->pzName, "@") == 0)
+			continue;
+
 		if ((pSym->pSection == pSect) && (pSym->Type != SYM_IMPORT)) {
 			if (mf) {
 				fprintf(mf, "           $%04X = %s\n",

src/link/object.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 /*
  * Here we have the routines that read an objectfile
  */
@@ -28,14 +36,14 @@ uint8_t oReadLib;
  */
 static int32_t readlong(FILE *f)
 {
-	int32_t r;
+	uint32_t r;
 
-	r = fgetc(f);
-	r |= fgetc(f) << 8;
-	r |= fgetc(f) << 16;
-	r |= fgetc(f) << 24;
+	r = ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f));
+	r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 8;
+	r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 16;
+	r |= ((uint32_t)(uint8_t)fgetc(f)) << 24;
 
-	return r;
+	return (int32_t)r;
 }
 
 /*

src/link/output.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -102,46 +110,53 @@ void Output(void)
 	FILE *f_overlay = NULL;
 
 	/*
-	 * Apply overlay
+	 * Load overlay
+	 */
+
+	if (tzOverlayname) {
+		f_overlay = fopen(tzOverlayname, "rb");
+
+		if (!f_overlay) {
+			errx(1, "Failed to open overlay file %s\n",
+			     tzOverlayname);
+		}
+
+		fseek(f_overlay, 0, SEEK_END);
+
+		if (ftell(f_overlay) % 0x4000 != 0)
+			errx(1, "Overlay file must be aligned to 0x4000 bytes.");
+
+		MaxOverlayBank = (ftell(f_overlay) / 0x4000) - 1;
+
+		if (MaxOverlayBank < 1)
+			errx(1, "Overlay file must be at least 0x8000 bytes.");
+
+		if (MaxOverlayBank > MaxBankUsed)
+			MaxBankUsed = MaxOverlayBank;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Write ROM.
 	 */
 
 	f = fopen(tzOutname, "wb");
-
 	if (f != NULL) {
-		if (tzOverlayname) {
-			f_overlay = fopen(tzOverlayname, "rb");
-
-			if (!f_overlay) {
-				errx(1, "Failed to open overlay file %s\n",
-				     tzOverlayname);
-			}
-
-			fseek(f_overlay, 0, SEEK_END);
-
-			if (ftell(f_overlay) % 0x4000 != 0)
-				errx(1, "Overlay file must be aligned to 0x4000 bytes.");
-
-			MaxOverlayBank = (ftell(f_overlay) / 0x4000) - 1;
-
-			if (MaxOverlayBank < 1)
-				errx(1, "Overlay file must be at least 0x8000 bytes.");
-
-			if (MaxOverlayBank > MaxBankUsed)
-				MaxBankUsed = MaxOverlayBank;
-		}
-
 		writehome(f, f_overlay);
 		for (i = 1; i <= MaxBankUsed; i += 1)
 			writebank(f, f_overlay, i);
 
 		fclose(f);
-
-		if (tzOverlayname)
-			fclose(f_overlay);
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Add regular sections
+	 * Close overlay
+	 */
+
+	if (tzOverlayname)
+		fclose(f_overlay);
+
+	/*
+	 * Add regular sections to map and sym files.
 	 */
 
 	for (i = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0; i < BANK_INDEX_MAX; i++) {

src/link/parser.y

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 %{
@@ -22,7 +14,7 @@
 
 #include "link/script.h"
 
-int yylex();
+int yylex(void);
 void yyerror(char *);
 
 extern int yylineno;
@@ -115,8 +107,8 @@ statement:
 
 %%
 
-extern int yylex();
-extern int yyparse();
+extern int yylex(void);
+extern int yyparse(void);
 
 int yywrap(void)
 {

src/link/patch.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -49,7 +57,6 @@ static int32_t getsymvalue(int32_t symid)
 	errx(1, "%s: Unknown symbol type", __func__);
 }
 
-
 static int32_t getrealbankfrominternalbank(int32_t n)
 {
 	if (BankIndexIsWRAM0(n) || BankIndexIsROM0(n) ||
@@ -65,8 +72,6 @@ static int32_t getrealbankfrominternalbank(int32_t n)
 		return n - BANK_INDEX_SRAM;
 	}
 
-	errx(1, "%s: Unknown bank %d", __func__, n);
-
 	return n;
 }
 
@@ -262,6 +267,7 @@ void Patch(void)
 		pPatch = pSect->pPatches;
 		while (pPatch) {
 			int32_t t;
+			int32_t nPatchOrg;
 
 			nPC = pSect->nOrg + pPatch->nOffset;
 			t = calcrpn(pPatch);
@@ -301,6 +307,26 @@ void Patch(void)
 				pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset + 3] =
 					(t >> 24) & 0xFF;
 				break;
+			case PATCH_BYTE_JR:
+				/* Calculate absolute address of the patch */
+				nPatchOrg = pSect->nOrg + pPatch->nOffset;
+
+				/* t contains the destination of the jump */
+				t = (int16_t)((t & 0xFFFF) - (nPatchOrg + 1));
+
+				if (t >= -128 && t <= 127) {
+					t &= 0xFF;
+					pSect->pData[pPatch->nOffset] =
+						(uint8_t)t;
+				} else {
+					errx(1,
+					     "%s(%ld) : Value must be 8-bit",
+					     pPatch->pzFilename,
+					     pPatch->nLineNo);
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				errx(1, "%s: Internal error.", __func__);
 			}
 
 			pPatch = pPatch->pNext;

src/link/rgblink.1

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd January 26, 2018
 .Dt RGBLINK 1
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -64,7 +57,7 @@ Write a symbol file to the given filename.
 .It Fl O Ar overlayfile
 The ROM image to overlay sections over.
 When an overlay ROM is provided, all sections must be fixed.
-This may be used to patch an existing binray.
+This may be used to patch an existing binary.
 .It Fl o Ar outfile
 Write ROM image to the given filename.
 .It Fl p Ar pad_value

src/link/rgblink.5

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd January 27, 2018
 .Dt RGBLINK 5
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -45,7 +38,7 @@ WRAMX 2
 .Pp
 Numbers can be in decimal or hexadecimal format (the prefix is
 .Ql $ ) .
-It is an error if any bank or command is found before setting a bank.
+It is an error if any section name or command are found before setting a bank.
 .Pp
 Files can be included by using the
 .Ar INCLUDE

src/link/script.c

@@ -1,17 +1,9 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2017 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
  *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
- * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
  *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
- * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
- * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
  */
 
 #include <stdint.h>
@@ -93,59 +85,59 @@ void script_InitSections(void)
 	}
 }
 
-void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, uint32_t bank)
+void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, uint32_t bank_num)
 {
 	if (strcmp(type, "ROM0") == 0) {
-		if (bank != 0)
+		if (bank_num != 0)
 			errx(1, "Trying to assign a bank number to ROM0.\n");
 		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROM0;
 		current_real_bank = 0;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "ROMX") == 0) {
-		if (bank == 0)
+		if (bank_num == 0)
 			errx(1, "ROMX index can't be 0.\n");
-		if (bank > BANK_COUNT_ROMX) {
-			errx(1, "ROMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank,
+		if (bank_num > BANK_COUNT_ROMX) {
+			errx(1, "ROMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank_num,
 			     BANK_COUNT_ROMX);
 		}
-		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROMX + bank - 1;
-		current_real_bank = bank;
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_ROMX + bank_num - 1;
+		current_real_bank = bank_num;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "VRAM") == 0) {
-		if (bank >= BANK_COUNT_VRAM) {
-			errx(1, "VRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank,
+		if (bank_num >= BANK_COUNT_VRAM) {
+			errx(1, "VRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank_num,
 			     BANK_COUNT_VRAM);
 		}
-		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_VRAM + bank;
-		current_real_bank = bank;
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_VRAM + bank_num;
+		current_real_bank = bank_num;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAM0") == 0) {
-		if (bank != 0) {
+		if (bank_num != 0)
 			errx(1, "Trying to assign a bank number to WRAM0.\n");
-		}
+
 		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAM0;
 		current_real_bank = 0;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "WRAMX") == 0) {
-		if (bank == 0)
+		if (bank_num == 0)
 			errx(1, "WRAMX index can't be 0.\n");
-		if (bank > BANK_COUNT_WRAMX) {
-			errx(1, "WRAMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank,
+		if (bank_num > BANK_COUNT_WRAMX) {
+			errx(1, "WRAMX index too big (%d > %d).\n", bank_num,
 			     BANK_COUNT_WRAMX);
 		}
-		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + bank - 1;
-		current_real_bank = bank - 1;
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_WRAMX + bank_num - 1;
+		current_real_bank = bank_num;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "SRAM") == 0) {
-		if (bank >= BANK_COUNT_SRAM) {
-			errx(1, "SRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank,
+		if (bank_num >= BANK_COUNT_SRAM) {
+			errx(1, "SRAM index too big (%d >= %d).\n", bank_num,
 			     BANK_COUNT_SRAM);
 		}
-		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_SRAM + bank;
-		current_real_bank = bank;
+		current_bank = BANK_INDEX_SRAM + bank_num;
+		current_real_bank = bank_num;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "OAM") == 0) {
-		if (bank != 0) {
+		if (bank_num != 0) {
 			errx(1, "%s: Trying to assign a bank number to OAM.\n",
 			     __func__);
 		}
@@ -153,7 +145,7 @@ void script_SetCurrentSectionType(const char *type, uint32_t bank)
 		current_real_bank = 0;
 		return;
 	} else if (strcmp(type, "HRAM") == 0) {
-		if (bank != 0) {
+		if (bank_num != 0) {
 			errx(1, "%s: Trying to assign a bank number to HRAM.\n",
 			     __func__);
 		}

src/link/symbol.c

@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2018, Carsten Sorensen and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
 #include <stdint.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>

src/rgbds.5

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018 Antonio Nino Diaz <antonio_nd@outlook.com>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd January 7, 2018
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd January 26, 2018
 .Dt RGBDS 5
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -64,7 +57,9 @@ REPT    NumberOfSymbols   ; Number of symbols defined in this object file.
         LONG    LineNum   ; Line number in the file where the symbol is defined.
 
         LONG    SectionID ; The section number (of this object file) in which
-                          ; this symbol is defined.
+                          ; this symbol is defined. If it doesn't belong to any
+                          ; specific section (like a constant), this field has
+                          ; the value -1.
 
         LONG    Value     ; The symbols value. It's the offset into that
                           ; symbol's section.
@@ -120,6 +115,7 @@ REPT NumberOfSections
             BYTE    Type         ; 0 = BYTE patch.
                                  ; 1 = little endian WORD patch.
                                  ; 2 = little endian LONG patch.
+                                 ; 3 = JR offset value BYTE patch.
 
             LONG    RPNSize      ; Size of the buffer with the RPN.
                                  ; expression.

src/rgbds.7

@@ -1,18 +1,11 @@
-.\" Copyright © 2010 Anthony J. Bentley <anthony@anjbe.name>
 .\"
-.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
-.\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+.\" This file is part of RGBDS.
 .\"
-.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-.\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-.\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-.\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-.\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-.\" ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-.\" OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+.\" Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Anthony J. Bentley and RGBDS contributors.
 .\"
-.Dd April 17, 2017
+.\" SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+.\"
+.Dd March 7, 2018
 .Dt RGBDS 7
 .Os RGBDS Manual
 .Sh NAME
@@ -21,9 +14,11 @@
 .Sh EXAMPLES
 To get a working ROM image from a single assembly source file:
 .Pp
-.D1 $ rgbasm \-o bar.o foo.asm
-.D1 $ rgblink \-o baz.gb bar.o
-.D1 $ rgbfix \-v \-p 0 baz.gb
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+$ rgbasm \-o bar.o foo.asm
+$ rgblink \-o baz.gb bar.o
+$ rgbfix \-v \-p 0 baz.gb
+.Ed
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr rgbasm 1 ,
 .Xr rgbfix 1 ,
@@ -48,4 +43,6 @@ implementation of rgbds.
 2017, Bentley's repository is moved to a neutral name.
 It is now maintained by a number of contributors at
 .Lk https://github.com/rednex/rgbds .
+.It
+2018, codebase relicensed under the MIT license.
 .El

src/version.c

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of RGBDS.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018, Antonio Nino Diaz and RGBDS contributors.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+const char *get_package_version_string(void)
+{
+	static char s[50];
+
+	/* The following conditional should be simplified by the compiler. */
+	if (strlen(BUILD_VERSION_STRING) == 0) {
+		snprintf(s, sizeof(s), "v%d.%d.%d", PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,
+			 PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR, PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH);
+		return s;
+	} else {
+		return BUILD_VERSION_STRING;
+	}
+}

test/asm/divzero-instr.out

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 ERROR: divzero-instr.asm(2):
-	division by zero
+    Division by zero

test/asm/divzero-section-bank.out

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 ERROR: divzero-section-bank.asm(1):
-	division by zero
+    Division by zero

test/asm/local-wrong-parent.out

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 ERROR: local-wrong-parent.asm(5):
-	Not currently in the scope of 'WrongParent'
+    Not currently in the scope of 'WrongParent'
 error: Assembly aborted in pass 1 (1 errors)!

test/asm/macro-@.out

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 ERROR: macro-@.asm(1) -> @(-1):
-	Macro '@' not defined
+    Macro '@' not defined